WO2013052466A2 - Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows - Google Patents

Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2013052466A2
WO2013052466A2 PCT/US2012/058434 US2012058434W WO2013052466A2 WO 2013052466 A2 WO2013052466 A2 WO 2013052466A2 US 2012058434 W US2012058434 W US 2012058434W WO 2013052466 A2 WO2013052466 A2 WO 2013052466A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
microelectronic
terminals
package
microelectronic package
apertures
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/US2012/058434
Other languages
French (fr)
Other versions
WO2013052466A3 (en
Inventor
Richard Dewitt Crisp
Wael Zohni
Belgacem Haba
Frank Lambrecht
Original Assignee
Invensas Corporation
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from US13/354,772 external-priority patent/US8278764B1/en
Priority claimed from US13/439,317 external-priority patent/US8659140B2/en
Priority claimed from US13/440,515 external-priority patent/US8441111B2/en
Application filed by Invensas Corporation filed Critical Invensas Corporation
Priority to JP2014534636A priority Critical patent/JP5887417B2/en
Priority to EP12780342.7A priority patent/EP2764546A2/en
Priority to KR1020147012040A priority patent/KR20140085487A/en
Publication of WO2013052466A2 publication Critical patent/WO2013052466A2/en
Publication of WO2013052466A3 publication Critical patent/WO2013052466A3/en

Links

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11C—STATIC STORES
    • G11C5/00—Details of stores covered by group G11C11/00
    • G11C5/02—Disposition of storage elements, e.g. in the form of a matrix array
    • G11C5/04—Supports for storage elements, e.g. memory modules; Mounting or fixing of storage elements on such supports
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06F—ELECTRIC DIGITAL DATA PROCESSING
    • G06F1/00—Details not covered by groups G06F3/00 - G06F13/00 and G06F21/00
    • G06F1/16—Constructional details or arrangements
    • G06F1/18—Packaging or power distribution
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11C—STATIC STORES
    • G11C5/00—Details of stores covered by group G11C11/00
    • G11C5/06—Arrangements for interconnecting storage elements electrically, e.g. by wiring
    • G11C5/063—Voltage and signal distribution in integrated semi-conductor memory access lines, e.g. word-line, bit-line, cross-over resistance, propagation delay
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G11—INFORMATION STORAGE
    • G11C—STATIC STORES
    • G11C5/00—Details of stores covered by group G11C11/00
    • G11C5/06—Arrangements for interconnecting storage elements electrically, e.g. by wiring
    • G11C5/066—Means for reducing external access-lines for a semiconductor memory clip, e.g. by multiplexing at least address and data signals
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/12—Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates
    • H01L23/13—Mountings, e.g. non-detachable insulating substrates characterised by the shape
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/48—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor
    • H01L23/488—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor consisting of soldered or bonded constructions
    • H01L23/498—Leads, i.e. metallisations or lead-frames on insulating substrates, e.g. chip carriers
    • H01L23/49827—Via connections through the substrates, e.g. pins going through the substrate, coaxial cables
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/48—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor
    • H01L23/488—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor consisting of soldered or bonded constructions
    • H01L23/498—Leads, i.e. metallisations or lead-frames on insulating substrates, e.g. chip carriers
    • H01L23/49838—Geometry or layout
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/48—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor
    • H01L23/50—Arrangements for conducting electric current to or from the solid state body in operation, e.g. leads, terminal arrangements ; Selection of materials therefor for integrated circuit devices, e.g. power bus, number of leads
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/03—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/04—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L25/065—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L25/0652—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the devices being arranged next and on each other, i.e. mixed assemblies
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/03—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/04—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L25/065—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L25/0657—Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L25/00—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof
    • H01L25/03—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes
    • H01L25/10—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices having separate containers
    • H01L25/105—Assemblies consisting of a plurality of individual semiconductor or other solid state devices ; Multistep manufacturing processes thereof all the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/00, or in a single subclass of H10K, H10N, e.g. assemblies of rectifier diodes the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/0401—Bonding areas specifically adapted for bump connectors, e.g. under bump metallisation [UBM]
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/04042—Bonding areas specifically adapted for wire connectors, e.g. wirebond pads
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/06—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of a plurality of bonding areas
    • H01L2224/061—Disposition
    • H01L2224/0612—Layout
    • H01L2224/0613—Square or rectangular array
    • H01L2224/06134—Square or rectangular array covering only portions of the surface to be connected
    • H01L2224/06136—Covering only the central area of the surface to be connected, i.e. central arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/02—Bonding areas; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L2224/06—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of a plurality of bonding areas
    • H01L2224/061—Disposition
    • H01L2224/0612—Layout
    • H01L2224/0615—Mirror array, i.e. array having only a reflection symmetry, i.e. bilateral symmetry
    • H01L2224/06154—Mirror array, i.e. array having only a reflection symmetry, i.e. bilateral symmetry covering only portions of the surface to be connected
    • H01L2224/06156—Covering only the central area of the surface to be connected, i.e. central arrangements
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/10—Bump connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/15—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/16—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H01L2224/161—Disposition
    • H01L2224/16151—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/16221—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/16225—Disposition the bump connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/31—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/32—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process of an individual layer connector
    • H01L2224/321—Disposition
    • H01L2224/32135—Disposition the layer connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip
    • H01L2224/32145—Disposition the layer connector connecting between different semiconductor or solid-state bodies, i.e. chip-to-chip the bodies being stacked
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/26—Layer connectors, e.g. plate connectors, solder or adhesive layers; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/31—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/32—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the layer connectors after the connecting process of an individual layer connector
    • H01L2224/321—Disposition
    • H01L2224/32151—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/32221—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/32225—Disposition the layer connector connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L2224/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H01L2224/481—Disposition
    • H01L2224/48151—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive
    • H01L2224/48221—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked
    • H01L2224/48225—Connecting between a semiconductor or solid-state body and an item not being a semiconductor or solid-state body, e.g. chip-to-substrate, chip-to-passive the body and the item being stacked the item being non-metallic, e.g. insulating substrate with or without metallisation
    • H01L2224/4824—Connecting between the body and an opposite side of the item with respect to the body
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
    • H01L2224/732—Location after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/73201—Location after the connecting process on the same surface
    • H01L2224/73215—Layer and wire connectors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2224/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies and methods related thereto as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2224/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L2224/10, H01L2224/18, H01L2224/26, H01L2224/34, H01L2224/42, H01L2224/50, H01L2224/63, H01L2224/71
    • H01L2224/732—Location after the connecting process
    • H01L2224/73251—Location after the connecting process on different surfaces
    • H01L2224/73265—Layer and wire connectors
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/04—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/06503—Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/0651—Wire or wire-like electrical connections from device to substrate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/04—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/06503—Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06513—Bump or bump-like direct electrical connections between devices, e.g. flip-chip connection, solder bumps
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/04—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/06503—Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06517—Bump or bump-like direct electrical connections from device to substrate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/04—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/06503—Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06555—Geometry of the stack, e.g. form of the devices, geometry to facilitate stacking
    • H01L2225/06562—Geometry of the stack, e.g. form of the devices, geometry to facilitate stacking at least one device in the stack being rotated or offset
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/04—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers
    • H01L2225/065—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices not having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/06503—Stacked arrangements of devices
    • H01L2225/06589—Thermal management, e.g. cooling
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/10—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers
    • H01L2225/1005—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/1011—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement
    • H01L2225/1017—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement the lowermost container comprising a device support
    • H01L2225/1023—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement the lowermost container comprising a device support the support being an insulating substrate
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2225/00—Details relating to assemblies covered by the group H01L25/00 but not provided for in its subgroups
    • H01L2225/03—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00
    • H01L2225/10—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers
    • H01L2225/1005—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00
    • H01L2225/1011—All the devices being of a type provided for in the same subgroup of groups H01L27/00 - H01L33/648 and H10K99/00 the devices having separate containers the devices being of a type provided for in group H01L27/00 the containers being in a stacked arrangement
    • H01L2225/1047—Details of electrical connections between containers
    • H01L2225/107—Indirect electrical connections, e.g. via an interposer, a flexible substrate, using TAB
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L23/00—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices
    • H01L23/28—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection
    • H01L23/31—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape
    • H01L23/3107—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed
    • H01L23/3121—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed a substrate forming part of the encapsulation
    • H01L23/3128—Encapsulations, e.g. encapsulating layers, coatings, e.g. for protection characterised by the arrangement or shape the device being completely enclosed a substrate forming part of the encapsulation the substrate having spherical bumps for external connection
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/02—Bonding areas ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/04—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process
    • H01L24/06—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bonding areas prior to the connecting process of a plurality of bonding areas
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/10—Bump connectors ; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/15—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L24/16—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the bump connectors after the connecting process of an individual bump connector
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/01—Means for bonding being attached to, or being formed on, the surface to be connected, e.g. chip-to-package, die-attach, "first-level" interconnects; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/42—Wire connectors; Manufacturing methods related thereto
    • H01L24/47—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process
    • H01L24/48—Structure, shape, material or disposition of the wire connectors after the connecting process of an individual wire connector
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L24/00—Arrangements for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies; Methods or apparatus related thereto
    • H01L24/73—Means for bonding being of different types provided for in two or more of groups H01L24/10, H01L24/18, H01L24/26, H01L24/34, H01L24/42, H01L24/50, H01L24/63, H01L24/71
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/0001—Technical content checked by a classifier
    • H01L2924/00014—Technical content checked by a classifier the subject-matter covered by the group, the symbol of which is combined with the symbol of this group, being disclosed without further technical details
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/013—Alloys
    • H01L2924/0132—Binary Alloys
    • H01L2924/01322—Eutectic Alloys, i.e. obtained by a liquid transforming into two solid phases
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11—Device type
    • H01L2924/14—Integrated circuits
    • H01L2924/143—Digital devices
    • H01L2924/1431—Logic devices
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/10—Details of semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/11—Device type
    • H01L2924/14—Integrated circuits
    • H01L2924/143—Digital devices
    • H01L2924/1434—Memory
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/151—Die mounting substrate
    • H01L2924/153—Connection portion
    • H01L2924/1531—Connection portion the connection portion being formed only on the surface of the substrate opposite to the die mounting surface
    • H01L2924/15311—Connection portion the connection portion being formed only on the surface of the substrate opposite to the die mounting surface being a ball array, e.g. BGA
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/181—Encapsulation
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/15—Details of package parts other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/181—Encapsulation
    • H01L2924/1815—Shape
    • H01L2924/1816—Exposing the passive side of the semiconductor or solid-state body
    • H01L2924/18165—Exposing the passive side of the semiconductor or solid-state body of a wire bonded chip
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/19—Details of hybrid assemblies other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/1901—Structure
    • H01L2924/1904—Component type
    • H01L2924/19041—Component type being a capacitor
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/19—Details of hybrid assemblies other than the semiconductor or other solid state devices to be connected
    • H01L2924/191—Disposition
    • H01L2924/19101—Disposition of discrete passive components
    • H01L2924/19102—Disposition of discrete passive components in a stacked assembly with the semiconductor or solid state device
    • H01L2924/19103—Disposition of discrete passive components in a stacked assembly with the semiconductor or solid state device interposed between the semiconductor or solid-state device and the die mounting substrate, i.e. chip-on-passive
    • H—ELECTRICITY
    • H01—ELECTRIC ELEMENTS
    • H01L—SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES NOT COVERED BY CLASS H10
    • H01L2924/00—Indexing scheme for arrangements or methods for connecting or disconnecting semiconductor or solid-state bodies as covered by H01L24/00
    • H01L2924/30—Technical effects
    • H01L2924/301—Electrical effects
    • H01L2924/3011—Impedance

Definitions

  • a standard chip has a flat, rectangular body with a large front face having contacts connected to the internal circuitry of the chip.
  • Each individual chip typically is contained in a package having external terminals connected to the contacts of the chip.
  • the terminals i.e., the external connection points of the package, are configured to electrically connect to a circuit panel, such as a printed circuit board.
  • the chip package occupies an area of the circuit panel considerably larger than the area of the chip itself.
  • the "area of the chip” should be understood as referring to the area of the front face.
  • flip chip In "flip chip” designs, the front face of the chip confronts the face of a package dielectric element, i.e., substrate of the package, and the contacts on the chip are bonded directly to contacts on the face of the substrate by solder bumps or other connecting elements. In turn, the substrate can be bonded to a circuit panel through the external terminals that overlie the substrate.
  • the "flip- chip” design provides a relatively compact arrangement.
  • Some flip-chip packages are commonly referred to as “chip-scale packages” in which each package occupies an area of the circuit panel equal to or slightly larger than the area of the chip's front face, such as disclosed, for example, in certain embodiments of commonly-assigned U.S. Pat. Nos . 5,148,265; 5,148,266; and 5,679,977, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference .
  • Certain innovative mounting techniques offer compactness approaching or equal to that of conventional flip-chip bonding.
  • Size is a significant consideration in any physical arrangement of chips.
  • the demand for more compact physical arrangements of chips has become even more intense with the rapid progress of portable electronic devices.
  • devices commonly referred to as "smart phones” integrate the functions of a cellular telephone with powerful data processors, memory and ancillary devices such as global positioning system receivers, electronic cameras, and local area network connections along with high-resolution displays and associated image processing chips.
  • Such devices can provide capabilities such as full internet connectivity, entertainment including full-resolution video, navigation, electronic banking and more, all in a pocket-size device.
  • Complex portable devices require packing numerous chips into a small space.
  • I/Os input and output connections
  • the components that form the interconnections should not greatly increase the size of the assembly. Similar needs arise in other applications as, for example, in data servers such as those used in internet search engines where increased performance and size reduction are needed.
  • DRAMs dynamic random access memory chips
  • flash memory chips are commonly packaged in single- or multiple-chip packages and assemblies.
  • Each package has many electrical connections for carrying signals, power, and ground between terminals and the chips therein.
  • the electrical connections can include different kinds of conductors such as horizontal conductors, e.g., traces, beam leads, etc., which extend in a horizontal direction relative to a contact-bearing surface of a chip, vertical conductors such as vias, which extend in a vertical direction relative to the surface of the chip, and wire bonds that extend in both horizontal and vertical directions relative to the surface of the chip.
  • microelectronic packages can incorporate a microelectronic element that is configured to predominantly provide memory storage array function, i.e., a microelectronic element that embodies a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
  • the microelectronic element may be or include a DRAM chip, or a stacked electrically interconnected assembly of such semiconductor chips.
  • all of the terminals of such package are placed in sets of columns adjacent to one or more peripheral edges of a package substrate to which the microelectronic element is mounted.
  • FIG. 1 further shows a semiconductor chip 111 within the package having element contacts 126 on a face 128 thereof that are electrically interconnected with the columns 114, 118 of terminals of the package 112 through wire bonds 130 extending through an aperture, e.g., bond window, in the central region 124 of the package substrate 120.
  • an adhesive layer 132 may be disposed between the face 128 of the microelectronic element 111 and the substrate 120 to reinforce the mechanical connection between the microelectronic element and the substrate, with the wire bonds 130 extending through an opening in the adhesive layer.
  • a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals.
  • the apertures can have first, second, and third axes extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures. The first and second axes can be parallel to one another.
  • the third axis can be transverse to the first and second axes.
  • the central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between the first and second axes.
  • Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function.
  • the terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package.
  • Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
  • each of the microelectronic elements can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry all of the address information usable by the circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine the addressable memory location.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry information that controls an operating mode of the microelectronic elements .
  • the terminals can be configured to carry all of the command signals transferred to the microelectronic package, the command signals being write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package, the clock signals being clocks used for sampling the address information.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry all of the bank address signals transferred to the microelectronic package.
  • the substrate can be an element consisting essentially of a material having a CTE in a plane of the substrate less than 12 ppm/°C.
  • the substrate can include a dielectric element consisting essentially of a material having a CTE in a plane of the substrate less than 30 ppm/°C.
  • the terminals can be first terminals and the second surface can have peripheral regions between the central region and first and second opposed edges extending between the first and second surfaces of the substrate.
  • the microelectronic package can also include a plurality of second terminals, at least some of the second terminals being exposed at the second surface in at least one of the peripheral regions.
  • the second terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the microelectronic package.
  • at least some of the second terminals can be configured to carry information other than the address information.
  • at least some of the second terminals that are configured to carry information other than the address information can be exposed at the second surface in the central region.
  • each of the microelectronic elements ' memory storage array function can be implemented in NAND flash, resistive RAM, phase-change memory, magnetic RAM, static RAM, dynamic RAM, spin-torque RAM, or content-addressable memory technology.
  • each of the microelectronic elements can include a dynamic random access memory (“DRAM”) integrated circuit chip.
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • each of the microelectronic elements is functionally and mechanically equivalent to the other ones of the microelectronic elements.
  • the microelectronic package can also include a semiconductor element electrically connected to at least some of the terminals and one or more of the microelectronic elements in the microelectronic package.
  • the semiconductor element can be configured to at least one of : regenerate or at least partially decode at least one signal received at one or more of the terminals of the microelectronic package.
  • the terminals may be arranged in no more than four columns. In one example, the terminals may be arranged in no more than two columns .
  • the columns can be parallel to the first axis.
  • the microelectronic package can also include a heat spreader in thermal communication with at least one of the microelectronic elements.
  • the terminals can include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite from the first side. Each of the first and second sets can be configured to carry the address information.
  • the signal assignments of the terminals in the first set can be a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set.
  • the terminals of the first and second sets can be disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids can extend in a direction parallel to first and second opposed edges of the substrate.
  • the intermediate axis may be not more than a distance of three and one-half times a minimum pitch between any two adjacent columns of the terminals from a line parallel to and equidistant from the first and second edges of the substrate. In a particular embodiment, the intermediate axis may be not more than a distance of a minimum pitch between any two adjacent columns of the terminals of a line parallel to and equidistant from the first and second edges of the substrate. In one embodiment, each grid can include two adjacent parallel columns of the terminals.
  • the terminals of the first and second sets can be disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids can extend in a direction parallel to the first and second axes.
  • the surfaces of the first and second microelectronic elements can be arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate .
  • the surface of the third microelectronic element can at least partially overlie a rear surface of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements.
  • the surfaces of all of the microelectronic elements can be arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate.
  • the substrate can have a fourth aperture having a fourth axis transverse to the first and second axes and extending in a direction of the length of the fourth aperture.
  • the microelectronic package can also include a fourth microelectronic element having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate.
  • the fourth microelectronic element can have memory storage array function.
  • the fourth microelectronic element can have a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface thereof and aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the microelectronic package can also include second leads electrically connected between the contacts of the fourth microelectronic element and the terminals . Each of the second leads can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • each of the first, second, third, and fourth microelectronic elements can have first and second opposed edges extending in a direction of the length of the respective microelectronic element.
  • Each of the first edges can have portions adjacent to a centroid of the package.
  • Each of the first edges can define a plane that extends through exactly one of the other ones of the microelectronic elements.
  • the axis of each of the first, second, third, and fourth apertures can extend through exactly one of the other ones of the apertures.
  • each of the first, second, third, and fourth axes can extend through exactly two of the other ones of the axes .
  • a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals.
  • the apertures can have first, second, and third axes extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures.
  • the first and second axes can be parallel to one another.
  • the third axis can be transverse to the first and second axes.
  • the central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between the first and second axes.
  • Each microelectronic element can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
  • the terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry a majority of the address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements. In a particular example, the terminals can be configured to carry at least three-quarters of the address information usable by the circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine the addressable memory location.
  • a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals.
  • the substrate can also have a first axis extending in a direction of the lengths of the first and second apertures.
  • the third aperture can have a second axis transverse to the first axis and extending in a direction of the length of the third aperture.
  • the central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between first and second parallel lines disposed at adjacent ends of the respective first and second apertures .
  • Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function.
  • the terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package.
  • Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
  • each of the microelectronic elements can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
  • the terminals can include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite form the first side.
  • Each of the first and second sets can be configured to carry the address information.
  • the signal assignments of the terminals in the first set can be a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set.
  • the terminals of the first and second sets can be disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids can extend in a direction parallel to first and second opposed edges of the substrate.
  • the substrate can have a fourth aperture and the second axis can extend in a direction of the length of the fourth aperture.
  • the microelectronic package can also include a fourth microelectronic element having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate.
  • the fourth microelectronic element can have memory storage array function.
  • the fourth microelectronic element can have a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface thereof and aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the microelectronic package can also include second leads electrically connected between the contacts of the fourth microelectronic element and the terminals. Each of the second leads can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the central region can be disposed within a rectangular area of the substrate not extending beyond the adjacent ends of the first, second, third, and fourth apertures.
  • a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first and second apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first and second microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals.
  • the apertures can have first and second respective transverse axes extending in directions of the lengths of the apertures.
  • the central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed adjacent the first aperture.
  • Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function.
  • the terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package .
  • the terminals can include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite from the first side.
  • Each of the first and second sets can be configured to carry the address information.
  • the signal assignments of the terminals in the first set can be a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set.
  • the first aperture can be at least partially disposed between the first and second sets of terminals.
  • Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements.
  • each of the microelectronic elements can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
  • a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first and second apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first and second microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals.
  • the first aperture can have an axis extending in a first direction of a length of the first aperture.
  • the second aperture can have a length extending in a second direction transverse to the first direction.
  • the second aperture can have an end adjacent to the first aperture .
  • the central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between the axis and a line parallel to the axis which is tangent to the end of the second aperture.
  • Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function.
  • the terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
  • the terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements.
  • each of the microelectronic elements cab embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function .
  • FIG. 1 is a side sectional view of a prior art microelectronic package.
  • FIG. 2 is a diagrammatic perspective view of a microelectronic assembly showing electrical connections between terminals of the microelectronic packages .
  • FIG. 3 is a side sectional view of the microelectronic assembly of FIG. 2.
  • FIG. 4 diagrammatic bottom plan view of the electrical connections between terminals of the microelectronic packages of FIG. 3.
  • FIG. 5A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • FIG. 5B is a side sectional view of the microelectronic assembly of FIG. 5A, taken along the line A-A of FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 5C is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of one of the microelectronic elements shown in FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 5D is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of an alternate embodiment of one of the microelectronic elements shown in FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 5E is one possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 5A, taken along the line A-A of FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 5F is another possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 5A, taken along the line A-A of FIG. 5A.
  • FIG. 5G is a possible diagrammatic perspective view of the microelectronic assembly of FIG. 5E showing electrical connections between terminals of the microelectronic packages .
  • FIG. 6A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having a single grid of first terminals arranged in a single column.
  • FIG. 6B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 6A, taken along the line 6B-6B of FIG. 6A.
  • FIG. 7A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to yet another embodiment having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
  • FIG. 7B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 7A, taken along the line 7B-7B of FIG. 7A.
  • FIG. 7C is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 7A having an alternate layout of the terminal signal assignments.
  • FIG. 8 is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having four grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
  • FIG. 9A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to still another embodiment having three microelectronic elements .
  • FIG. 9B is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having two microelectronic elements.
  • FIG. 9C is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly as shown in FIG. 9A or 9B, taken along the line 9C-9C of FIG. 9A or 9B.
  • FIG. 10A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having four microelectronic elements in a pinwheel configuration.
  • FIG. 10B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 10A, taken along the line 10B-10B of FIG. 10A.
  • FIG. IOC is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having a single grid of first terminals arranged in three columns .
  • FIG. 10D is another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having an alternate layout of the microelectronic elements.
  • FIG. 11A is yet another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns.
  • FIG. 11B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 11A, taken along the line 11B-11B of FIG. 11A.
  • FIG. llC is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 11A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in three columns .
  • FIG. 11D is another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 11A having an alternate layout of the microelectronic elements.
  • FIG. HE is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. HA having an alternate layout of the terminal signal assignments.
  • FIG. 12 is another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having an alternate layout of the microelectronic elements.
  • FIG. 13A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having four microelectronic elements in another configuration.
  • FIG. 13B is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 13A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
  • FIG. 14A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to yet another embodiment having four microelectronic elements in another configuration.
  • FIG. 14B is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 14A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
  • FIG. 14C is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 14B having four grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
  • FIG. 15A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to still another embodiment having three microelectronic elements oriented in a single plane .
  • FIG. 15B is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having two microelectronic elements oriented in a single plane.
  • FIG. 15C is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 15B having a single grid of first terminals arranged in two columns .
  • FIG. 16 is a schematic sectional view illustrating a system according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIG. 17 is a schematic sectional view illustrating a system according to an embodiment of the invention.
  • FIGS. 2-4 Improvements can be made particularly for use of a microelectronic package when provided in an assembly such as shown in FIGS. 2-4, in which a package 112A is mounted to a surface of a circuit panel with another like package 112B mounted opposite thereto on an opposite surface of the circuit panel.
  • the packages 112A, 112B typically are functionally and mechanically equivalent to one another.
  • Other pairs 112C and 112D; and 112E and 112F, of functionally and mechanically equivalent packages typically are also mounted to the same circuit panel 134.
  • the circuit panel and the packages assembled thereto may form a portion of an assembly commonly referred to as a dual in-line memory module ("DIMM”) .
  • DIMM dual in-line memory module
  • the packages in each oppositely mounted pair of packages e.g., packages 112A, 112B, connect to contacts on opposite surfaces of the circuit panel so that the packages in each pair overlie one another typically by more than 90% of their respective areas.
  • Local wiring within the circuit panel 134 connects terminals, e.g., the terminals labeled "1" and "5" on each package to global wiring on the circuit panel .
  • the global wiring includes the signal conductors of a bus 136 used to conduct some signals to connection sites on the circuit panel 134 such as sites I, II and III.
  • the packages 112A, 112B are electrically connected to the bus 136 by local wiring coupled to a connection site I
  • the packages 112C, 112D are electrically connected to the bus by local wiring coupled to connection site II
  • the packages 112E, 112F are electrically connected to the bus by local wiring coupled to connection site III.
  • the circuit panel 134 electrically interconnects the terminals of the respective packages 112A, 112B using local interconnect wiring that appears similar to a crisscross or "shoelace" pattern in which a terminal labeled "1" near one edge 116 of package 112A connects through the circuit panel 134 to a terminal labeled "1" of package 112B near the same edge 116 of package 112B.
  • the edge 116 of the package 112B as assembled to the circuit panel 134 is far from the edge 116 of the package 112A.
  • 2-4 further show that a terminal labeled "5" near an edge 122 of the package 112A is connected through the circuit panel 134 to a terminal labeled "5" of the package 112B near the same edge 122 of the package 112B.
  • the edge 122 of the package 112A is far from the edge 122 of the package 112B.
  • connections through the circuit panel between terminals on each package, e.g., the package 112A, to the corresponding terminals on the package mounted opposite thereto, i.e., the package 112B, are fairly long.
  • the circuit panel 134 may electrically interconnect a signal conductor of the bus 136 with the terminal of the package 112A marked "1" and the corresponding terminal of the package 112B marked "1", when the same signal from the bus is to be transmitted to each package.
  • circuit panel 134 may electrically interconnect another signal conductor of the bus 136 with the terminal of the package 112A marked “2" and the corresponding terminal of the package 112B marked “2".
  • the same connection arrangement may also apply to other signal conductors of the bus and corresponding terminals of each package.
  • Local wiring between the bus 136 on the circuit panel 134 and each package of the respective pair of packages, e.g., the packages 112A, 112B (FIG. 2) at a connection site I of the board can be in form of unterminated stubs .
  • Such local wiring when relatively long, may in some cases impact the performance of the assembly 138 as discussed below.
  • the circuit panel 134 also requires local wiring to electrically interconnect certain terminals of other packages: the pair of packages 112C and 112D and the pair of packages 112E and 112F to the global wiring of the bus 136, and such wiring can also impact the performance of the assembly in the same way.
  • FIG. 4 further illustrates the interconnection between the microelectronic packages 112A, 112B of respective pairs of terminals assigned to carry signals "1", “2", “3”, “4", "5", “6", “7”, and “8".
  • all of the columns 114, 118 of terminals are exposed near the edges 116, 122, respectively, of each package 112A, 112B, rather than in a central region 124 of the surface of the substrate, the wiring needed to traverse the circuit panel 134 in a direction 140 transverse to the direction 142 in which the columns 114, 118 of terminals extend can be quite long.
  • the length of a DRAM chip can be in the range of ten millimeters on each side
  • the length of the local wiring in a circuit panel 134 in an assembly 138 seen in FIGS. 2-4 required for some signals to route the same signal to the corresponding terminals of two oppositely mounted packages 112A, 112B can range between five and ten millimeters and may typically be about seven millimeters.
  • the impacts may be tolerable for some packages containing microelectronic elements of current manufacture.
  • the inventors recognize that the impacts can become severe. For these assemblies, settling time, ringing, jitter, or intersymbol interference of a transmitted signal may increase to an unacceptable degree.
  • the inventors further recognize that the electrical lengths of the unterminated stubs are usually longer than the local wiring that connects the bus 136 on the circuit panel with the terminals of the packages mounted thereto. Unterminated wiring within each package from the package terminals to the semiconductor chip therein adds to the lengths of the stubs .
  • the bus 136 is a command- address bus of an assembly having a predominant memory storage array function such as a DIMM.
  • the command-address bus 136 can be configured to carry address information transferred to the microelectronic packages that is usable by circuitry within the packages, e.g., row address and column address decoders, and bank selection circuitry, if present, to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array within a microelectronic element in the microelectronic packages.
  • the command-address bus 136 can be configured to carry the above-noted address information to connection sites, e.g., sites I, II, and III shown in FIG. 2. This above-noted address information can then be distributed by local wiring to respective sets of panel contacts on opposite surfaces of the circuit panel, to which packages 112A, 112B, 112C, 112D, 112E, and 112F are connected.
  • the command-address bus 136 can be configured to carry all of a group of signals of a command-address bus of the microelectronic element, i.e., command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals that are transferred to the microelectronic packages, wherein the command signals include write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals, and the clock signals are clocks used for sampling the address signals.
  • the clock signals can be of various types, in one embodiment, the clock signals carried by these terminals can be one or more pairs of differential clock signals received as differential or true and complement clock signals .
  • certain embodiments of the invention described herein provide a microelectronic package configured so as to permit the lengths of stubs to be reduced when first and second such packages are mounted opposite one another on opposite surfaces of a circuit panel, e.g., a circuit board, module board or card, or flexible circuit panel.
  • a circuit panel e.g., a circuit board, module board or card, or flexible circuit panel.
  • Assemblies that incorporate first and second microelectronic packages mounted opposite one another on a circuit panel can have significantly reduced stub lengths between the respective packages.
  • the reductions in the lengths of these electrical connections can reduce stub lengths in the circuit panel and the assembly, which can help improve the electrical performance, such as reducing settling time, ringing, jitter, or intersymbol interference, among others, for the above-noted signals which are carried by the first terminals and which are transferred to microelectronic elements in both the first and second packages.
  • Certain embodiments of the invention provide a package or microelectronic assembly in which a microelectronic element, e.g., a semiconductor chip, or stacked arrangement of semiconductor chips, is configured to predominantly provide a memory storage array function .
  • a microelectronic element e.g., a semiconductor chip, or stacked arrangement of semiconductor chips
  • the number of active devices, e.g., transistors, therein that are configured, i.e., constructed and interconnected with other devices, to provide the memory storage array function is greater than the number of active devices that are configured to provide any other function.
  • a microelectronic element such as a DRAM chip may have memory storage array function as its primary or sole function.
  • such microelectronic element may have mixed use and may incorporate active devices configured to provide memory storage array function, and may also incorporate other active devices configured to provide another function such as processor function, or signal processor or graphics processor function, among others.
  • the microelectronic element may still have a greater number of active devices configured to provide the memory storage array function than any other function of the microelectronic element.
  • terminals of the package can include first terminals that are disposed at a central region of the second surface of a substrate or dielectric layer that faces away from the microelectronic assembly, the central region being disposed between peripheral regions adjacent to first and second peripheral edges of the substrate or dielectric layer.
  • the central region may be such that it is not wider than three and one-half times a minimum pitch between adjacent ones of parallel columns of the terminals.
  • the first terminals in the central region are configured to carry all of a group of signals of a command-address bus of the microelectronic element; i.e., command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals that are transferred to the microelectronic package, wherein the command signals include write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals, and the clock signals are clocks used for sampling the address signals.
  • the clock signals can be of various types, in one embodiment, the clock signals carried by these terminals can be one or more pairs of differential clock signals received as differential or true and complement clock signals.
  • these above-noted signals of the command- address bus can be bussed to multiple microelectronic packages that are connected thereto in parallel, particularly to first and second microelectronic packages mounted to opposite surfaces of the circuit panel.
  • signals of the command- address bus i.e., command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals
  • terminals that carry command-address bus signals in the central region of the package surface, rather than in peripheral regions near the edges of the microelectronic package, it is possible to reduce the lengths of stubs used to carry signals from the command- address bus 136 (FIG.
  • the reductions in the lengths of these electrical connections can reduce stub lengths in the circuit panel and the assembly, which can help improve the electrical performance, such as reducing settling time, ringing, jitter, or intersymbol interference, among others, for the above-noted signals that are carried by the first terminals and that are transferred to microelectronic elements in both the first and second packages.
  • the microelectronic package may have no more than four columns of terminals in the central region configured to carry all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals as described above. In certain embodiments, there may be only two columns of such terminals. In other embodiments there may only be one column of such terminals.
  • the number of routing layers required to route such signals along the circuit panel may in some cases be reduced to four or fewer routing layers .
  • the number of routing layers required to route such signals along the circuit panel may in some cases be reduced to four, two, or one routing layers.
  • the microelectronic package may also have second terminals other than the first terminals, such terminals typically being configured to carry signals other than the above-noted command-address bus signal terminals.
  • second terminals can be disposed in one or more of the peripheral regions and can be configured to carry data signals.
  • the second terminals can include terminals used for carrying uni-directional or bi-directional data signals to and/or from the microelectronic element, and data strobe signals, as well as data masks and ODT or "on die termination” signals used to turn on or off parallel terminations to termination resistors.
  • Signals or reference potentials such as chip select, reset, power supply voltages, e.g., Vdd, Vddq, and ground, e.g., Vss and Vssq, can be carried by the second terminals; none of the signals or reference potentials needs to be carried by the first terminals.
  • some or all terminals configured to carry signals other than the above-noted address or command-address bus signals can be disposed as second terminals in whichever locations on the package they can be placed.
  • Embodiments of the invention herein provide packages that have more than one semiconductor chip, i.e., a microelectronic element therein.
  • a multiple chip package can reduce the amount of area or space required to connect the chips therein to a circuit panel, e.g., printed wiring board to which the package may be electrically and mechanically connected through an array of terminals, such as a ball grid array, land grid array or pin grid array, among others .
  • Such connection space is particularly limited in small or portable computing devices, e.g., handheld devices such as " smartphones " or tablets that typically combine the function of personal computers with wireless connectivity to the broader world.
  • Multi-chip packages can be particularly useful for making large amounts of relatively inexpensive memory available to a system, such as advanced high performance dynamic random access memory (“DRAM”) chips, e.g., in DDR3 type DRAM chips and its follow-ons.
  • DRAM advanced high performance dynamic random access memory
  • the amount of area of the circuit panel needed to connect the multi-chip package thereto can be reduced by providing common terminals on the package through which at least some signals travel on their way to or from two or more chips within the package.
  • common terminals on the package through which at least some signals travel on their way to or from two or more chips within the package.
  • the traces, vias, and other conductors on a circuit panel that electrically connect the terminals at the exterior of the package with the global wiring on the circuit panel such as the bus 136 (FIG. 2) must not be too long.
  • Heat dissipation also presents a challenge for advanced chips, such that it is desirable for at least one of the large flat surfaces of each chip to be coupled to a heat spreader or be exposed to or in thermal communication with a flow or air within an installed system.
  • the packages described below can help to further these goals.
  • Embodiments of the invention herein can provide ways of reducing stub lengths of signals on the assemblies.
  • corresponding contacts of multiple chips within the package can be electrically connected with a single common terminal of the package that is configured for connection with a component external to the package, e.g., a circuit panel such as printed circuit board, external microelectronic element, or other component, and a plurality of such microelectronic packages can be mounted to opposite surfaces of a circuit panel.
  • the electrical lengths of stubs on a circuit panel 60 that electrically connect a first terminal 25a of the first column of a first microelectronic package 10a with the corresponding first terminal of the first column of a second microelectronic package 10b can be less than seven times a minimum pitch of the first terminals on each package: for example, less than seven times the pitch between adjacent columns of first terminals.
  • the total combined length of the conductive elements connecting a pair of electrically coupled first and second panel contacts 65a, 65b exposed at the first and second surfaces of the circuit panel 60 to the corresponding signal conductor of the command-address bus on the circuit panel can be less than seven times a smallest pitch of the panel contacts.
  • the electrical length of the connection between a first terminal 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a with the corresponding first terminal on the second microelectronic package 10b may be approximately the same as a thickness of the circuit panel 60 between first and second surfaces 61, 62.
  • FIGS. 5A and 5B illustrate a particular type of microelectronic package 10 configured so as to permit the lengths of stubs to be reduced when first and second such packages are mounted opposite one another on opposite surfaces of a circuit panel, e.g., a circuit board, module board or card, or flexible circuit panel.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can include packaging structure, for example, a substrate 20 having first and second opposed surfaces 21 and 22. The first and second surfaces 21, 22 face in opposite directions, and thus, are opposed relative to one another, and are "opposed surfaces.”
  • packaging structure for example, a substrate 20 having first and second opposed surfaces 21 and 22.
  • the first and second surfaces 21, 22 face in opposite directions, and thus, are opposed relative to one another, and are "opposed surfaces.”
  • the substrate 20 and the terminal grids are shown as transparent. This is done so that the relative positions of the microelectronic elements can be seen from a bottom view more clearly, while still showing of the location of the substrate and terminal grids relative to the microelectronic elements in x-y directions parallel to a plane of the substrate .
  • the substrate 20 can consist essentially of a material having a low coefficient of thermal expansion ("CTE") in a plane of the substrate (in a direction parallel to the first surface 21 of the substrate), i.e., a CTE of less than 12 parts per million per degree Celsius (hereinafter, "ppm/°C” ) , such as a semiconductor material e.g., silicon, or a dielectric material such as ceramic material or silicon dioxide, e.g., glass.
  • CTE coefficient of thermal expansion
  • the substrate 20 may include a sheet-like substrate that can consist essentially of a polymeric material such as polyimide, epoxy, thermoplastic, thermoset plastic, or other suitable polymeric material or that includes or consists essentially of composite polymeric-inorganic material such as a glass reinforced structure of BT resin (bismaleimide triazine) or epoxy-glass, such as FR-4, among others.
  • a substrate 20 can consist essentially of a material having a CTE of less than 30 ppm/°C in the plane of the substrate, i.e., in a direction along its surface.
  • the directions parallel to the first surface 21 of the substrate 20 are referred to herein as “horizontal” or “lateral” directions, whereas the directions perpendicular to the first surface are referred to herein as upward or downward directions and are also referred to herein as the "vertical” directions.
  • the directions referred to herein are in the frame of reference of the structures referred to. Thus, these directions may lie at any orientation to the normal "up” or “down” directions in a gravitational frame of reference.
  • a statement that one feature is disposed at a greater height "above a surface” than another feature means that the one feature is at a greater distance in the same orthogonal direction away from the surface than the other feature. Conversely, a statement that one feature is disposed at a lesser height "above a surface” than another feature means that the one feature is at a smaller distance in the same orthogonal direction away from the surface than the other feature .
  • At least one aperture 26 can extend between the first and second surfaces 21, 22 of the substrate 20.
  • the substrate 20 can have four apertures 26 extending therethrough.
  • the longest dimensions of first and second apertures 26a and 26b of the apertures 26 can define first and second axes 29a and 29b (collectively axes 29) .
  • the first and second axes 29a and 29b can be parallel to one another.
  • the first and second axes 29a and 29b can define a central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 located between the axes 29a and 29b.
  • Peripheral regions 28 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 can lie outside of the central region 23. Such peripheral regions 28 can extend between the central region 23 and first and second opposed edges 27a and 27b of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
  • third and fourth apertures 26c and 26d of the apertures 26 can define third and fourth axes 29c and 29d that are transverse (i.e., crosswise) to the first and second axes 29a and 29b.
  • the third and fourth axes 29c and 29d can be parallel to one another.
  • the third and fourth axes 29c, 29d can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 29a, 29b.
  • the third and fourth axes 29c and 29d can provide boundaries of the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20, such that peripheral regions 28' of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 can lie between opposed edges of the substrate and the third and fourth axes.
  • the substrate 20 can have a plurality of terminals 25, e.g., conductive pads, lands, or conductive posts exposed at a surface of the substrate. As can be seen in FIG. 5B, such terminals 25 can be exposed at the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
  • the terminals 25 can function as endpoints for the connection of the microelectronic package 10 with corresponding electrically conductive elements of an external component such as a circuit panel, e.g., printed wiring board, flexible circuit panel, socket, other microelectronic assembly or package, interposer, or passive component assembly, among others (e.g., the circuit panel shown in FIGS. 5E and 5F) .
  • a circuit panel can be a motherboard of DIMM module board.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can include joining units 11 attached to the terminals 25 for connection with an external component.
  • the joining units 11 can be, for example, masses of a bond metal such as solder, tin, indium, a eutectic composition or combination thereof, or another joining material such as a conductive paste or a conductive adhesive.
  • the joints between the terminals 25 and contacts of an external component e.g., the circuit panel 60 shown in FIG. 5E
  • the joints between the terminals 25 and contacts of an external component can include an electrically conductive matrix material such as described in commonly owned United States Patent Application Nos. 13/155,719 and 13/158,797, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • the joints can have a similar structure or be formed in a manner as described therein.
  • an electrically conductive element is "exposed at" a surface of a structure indicates that the electrically conductive element is available for contact with a theoretical point moving in a direction perpendicular to the surface toward the surface from outside the structure.
  • a terminal or other conductive element which is exposed at a surface of a structure can project from such surface; can be flush with such surface; or can be recessed relative to such surface and exposed through a hole or depression in the structure.
  • the terminals 25 can include first terminals 25a exposed at the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 and second terminals 25b exposed at at least one of the peripheral regions 28 of the second surface.
  • the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry certain signals of the command- address bus, that is, specifically all of a set of address signals of the microelectronic elements 30 (described below) configured to provide dynamic memory storage function in a microelectronic package 10.
  • the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry sufficient address information transferred to the microelectronic package 10 that is usable by circuitry within the package, e.g., row address and column address decoders, and bank selection circuitry, if present, to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array within a microelectronic element in the package.
  • the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry all the address information used by such circuitry within the microelectronic package 10 to determine an addressable memory location within such memory storage array .
  • the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry a majority of the address information that is used by such circuitry within the microelectronic package 10 to determine an addressable memory location within such memory storage array, and then other terminals such as at least some of the above-referenced second terminals 25b on the microelectronic package would then be configured to carry the remaining part of the address information.
  • the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry three- quarters or more of the address information that is used by such circuitry within the microelectronic package 10 to determine an addressable memory location within such memory storage array.
  • the first terminals 25a may not be configured to carry chip select information, e.g., information usable to select a particular chip within the microelectronic package 10 for access to a memory storage location within the chip. In another embodiment, at least one of the first terminals 25a may indeed carry chip select information .
  • the address signals in one embodiment can include all address signals that are transferred to the package from a component external to the package, e.g., a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 described below, that are used for determining a random access addressable memory location within the microelectronic package for read access thereto, or for either read or write access thereto.
  • a component external to the package e.g., a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 described below, that are used for determining a random access addressable memory location within the microelectronic package for read access thereto, or for either read or write access thereto.
  • At least some of the second terminals 25b can be configured to carry signals other than the address signals that are carried by the first terminals 25a.
  • Signals or reference potentials such as chip select, reset, power supply voltages, e.g., Vdd, Vddq, and ground, e.g., Vss and Vssq, can be carried by the second terminals 25b; none of these signals or reference potentials needs to be carried by the first terminals 25a in any of the embodiments referred to herein, unless otherwise noted.
  • each of the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry information that controls an operating mode of at least one of the microelectronic elements 30. More specifically, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry all of a particular set of command signals and/or clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package 10. In such an embodiment, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package 10 from an external component, wherein the command signals include row address strobe, column address strobe and write enable.
  • the command signals are write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals.
  • Other signals such as ODT (on die termination), chip select, clock enable, are not part of the command signals that need to be carried by the first terminals 25a.
  • the clock signals can be clocks used by one or more of the microelectronic elements for sampling the address signals. For example, as seen in FIG.
  • the first terminals 25a can include clock signals CK and CKB, row address strobe RAS, column address strobe CAS and write enable signals WE, as well as address signals AO through A15 inclusive, and bank address signals BAO, BA1 and BA2.
  • the second terminals 25b can be configured to carry signals other than the command signals, address signals, and clock signals that are carried by the first terminals 25a.
  • Signals or reference potentials such as chip select, reset, power supply voltages, e.g., Vdd, Vddq, and ground, e.g., Vss and Vssq, can be carried by the second terminals 25b; none of these signals or reference potentials needs to be carried by the first terminals 25a in any of the embodiments referred to herein, unless otherwise noted.
  • the particular command signals that need to be carried by the first terminals 25a can be a different set of signals other than the group of write enable, address strobe, and column address strobe signals that need to be carried in the DRAM case .
  • the second terminals 25b can be disposed in at least one column in each of the peripheral regions 28. Additional second terminals 25b can be disposed in at least one column in each of the peripheral regions 28' . In one embodiment, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the address signals can be exposed in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20. In one example, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the command signals, address signals, and clock signals can be exposed in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
  • second terminals 25b can also include terminals that are configured to be connected to power or ground signals.
  • the second terminals 25b are shown arranged in four grids of two columns each, the second terminals 25b in each grid can be arranged in three columns, for example, wherein the third column that is not shown contains some second terminals that are configured to be connected to power or ground.
  • the substrate 20 can further optionally include a dielectric layer 12 overlying the first and/or second surfaces 21, 22. As shown in FIG. 5B, a dielectric layer 12 can overlie the second surface 22 of the substrate. Such a dielectric layer 12 can electrically insulate conductive elements such as the conductive elements 24 and the terminals 25 from the substrate 20, if such electrical insulation is needed. This dielectric layer 12 can be referred to as a "passivation layer" of the substrate 20.
  • the dielectric layer 12 can include an inorganic or organic dielectric material or both.
  • the dielectric layer 12 may include an electrodeposited conformal coating or other dielectric material, for example, a photoimageable polymeric material, for example, a solder mask material.
  • the dielectric layer 12 can be a layer of compliant material such as an elastomeric material having a structure and function similar to that described in U.S. Patent No. 5,679,977, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
  • a dielectric layer 12 overlying the first or second surface 21 or 22 of the substrate 20 can have a thickness that is substantially less than a thickness of the substrate, such that the substrate can have an effective CTE that is approximately equal to the CTE of the material of the substrate, even if the CTE of the dielectric layer is substantially higher than the CTE of the substrate material.
  • the substrate 20 can have an effective CTE less than 12 ppm/°C.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can also include a plurality of microelectronic elements 30 each having a front surface 31 facing the first surface 21 of the substrate 20.
  • one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 can be bare chips or microelectronic units each having a memory storage array function.
  • one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 can incorporate a memory storage element such as a dynamic random access memory (“DRAM”) storage array or can be configured to predominantly function as a DRAM storage array (e.g., a DRAM integrated circuit chip) .
  • DRAM dynamic random access memory
  • one or more of the first and second microelectronic elements can have a greater number of active devices, e.g., transistors, configured to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
  • a "memory storage element” refers to a multiplicity of memory cells arranged in an array, together with circuitry usable to store and retrieve data therefrom, such as for transport of the data over an electrical interface.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can be included in a single in-line memory module ("SIMM”) or a dual in-line memory module ( "DIMM” ) .
  • one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 can be implemented in one or more of the following technologies: DRAM, NAND flash memory, RRAM ("resistive RAM” or “resistive random access memory”), phase-change memory (“PCM”), magnetoresistive random access memory, e.g. such as may embodiment tunnel junction devices, static random access memory (“SRAM”), spin-torque RAM, or content-addressable memory, among others.
  • a microelectronic element 30 that includes a memory storage element can have at least a memory storage array function, but the microelectronic element may not be a full-function memory chip.
  • a microelectronic element may not have a buffering function itself, but it may be electrically connected to other microelectronic elements in a stack of microelectronic elements, wherein at least one microelectronic element in the stack has a buffering function (the buffering microelectronic element could be a buffer chip, a full-function memory chip, or a controller chip) .
  • one or more of the microelectronic elements in any of the packages described herein can be configured to predominantly provide memory storage array function, in that one or more of the microelectronic elements can have a greater number of active devices, e.g., transistors, configured to provide memory storage array function than any other function, e.g., as flash memory, DRAM or other type of memory, and can be arranged in a package together with another microelectronic element or "logic chip" that is configured to predominantly provide logic function.
  • the logic chip can be a programmable or processor element such as a microprocessor or other general purpose computing element.
  • the logic chip can be a microcontroller element, graphics processor, floating point processor, co-processor, digital signal processor, etc. In a particular embodiment, the logic chip can predominantly perform hardware state machine functions, or otherwise be hard-coded to serve a particular function or purpose. Alternatively, the logic chip can be an application specific integrated circuit ("ASIC") or field programmable gate array (“FPGA”) chip. In such variation, the package then may be a "system in a package" (“SIP”) .
  • ASIC application specific integrated circuit
  • FPGA field programmable gate array
  • a microelectronic element in any of the packages described herein can have both logic and memory function embedded therein, such as a programmable processor having one or more associated memory storage arrays embedded therewith in the same microelectronic element.
  • Such microelectronic element is sometimes referred to as a " system-on-a-chip" ("SOC"), in that logic such as a processor is embedded together with other circuitry such as a memory storage array or circuitry for performing some other function that may be a specialized function.
  • SOC system-on-a-chip
  • Each microelectronic element 30 can have a plurality of electrically conductive element contacts 35 exposed at the front surface 31 thereof. As shown in FIGS. 5C and 5D, the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 can be arranged in one (FIG. 5C) or more (FIG. 5D) columns 36 disposed in a central region 37 of the front surface 31 that occupies a central portion of an area of the front surface. The central region 37, for example, may occupy an area of the front surface 31 that includes a middle third of the shortest distance between opposed peripheral edges 32a, 32b of the microelectronic element 30. In the particular example shown in FIG.
  • the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 when the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 are arranged in a central region 37 of the microelectronic element, the contacts can be arranged along an axis 39 that bisects the microelectronic element. As shown in FIG. 5B, the contacts 35 of each microelectronic elements 30 can be aligned with at least one of the apertures 26.
  • each one of some contacts of the element contacts 35 is dedicated to receiving a respective address signal of the plurality of address signals supplied to the microelectronic element.
  • each of such contacts 35 is able to receive one respective address signal of the plurality of address signals supplied to the microelectronic element 30 from the outside.
  • each of the plurality of address signals present at the element contacts 35 can be sampled relative to an edge of a clock used by the respective microelectronic element, i.e., upon on a transition of the clock between first and second different voltage states. That is, each address signal can be sampled upon a rising transition between a lower voltage state and a higher voltage state of the clock, or upon a falling transition between a higher voltage state and a lower voltage state of the clock.
  • the plurality of address signals may all be sampled upon the rising transition of the clock, or such address signals may all be sampled upon the falling transition of the clock, or in another example, the address signal at one of the element contacts 35 can be sampled upon the rising transition of the clock and the address signal at one other external contact can be sampled upon the falling transition of the clock .
  • one or more of the address contacts thereon can be used in a multiplexed manner.
  • a particular element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30 can receive two or more different signals supplied to the microelectronic element from the outside.
  • a first address signal can be sampled at the particular contact 35 upon a first transition of the clock between the first and second different voltage states (e.g., a rising transition)
  • a signal other than the first address signal can be sampled at the particular contact upon a second transition of the clock (e.g., a falling transition) between the first and second voltage states that is opposite the first transition.
  • multiplexing in this manner can allow a first address signal and a different signal to be received in the same clock cycle on the same element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30.
  • multiplexing in this manner can allow a first address signal and a second different address signal to be received in the same clock cycle on the same element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30.
  • each of the microelectronic elements 30 can be functionally and mechanically equivalent to the other ones of the microelectronic elements, such that each microelectronic element can have the same pattern of electrically conductive contacts 35 exposed at the front surface 31 with the same function, although the particular dimensions of the length, width, and height of each microelectronic element can be different than that of the other microelectronic elements.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can be configured to route a signal that is common to multiple microelectronic elements 30 through a common first terminal 25a of the package, rather than through two or more terminals 25 of the package each dedicated to a specific one of the microelectronic elements 30, such as the second terminals 25b.
  • a circuit panel e.g., the circuit panel 60 shown in FIG. 5E
  • the first terminals 25a of the microelectronic package 10 can be disposed in one or more sets of first terminals arranged at positions of one or more grids 15 in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
  • Each set of first terminals 25a arranged at positions of a grid 15 can include one or more columns 16 of the first terminals.
  • all of the positions of the grid 15 can be occupied by a corresponding one of the first terminals 25a.
  • at least one of the positions of the grid 15 may not be occupied by a first terminal 25a.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can include two parallel columns 16 of the first terminals 25a. Such columns 16 can be oriented parallel to the axes 29 of the first and second apertures 26a and 26b. Alternatively, as shown for example in FIG. 9A, the columns 16 of the first terminals 25a can be oriented perpendicular to the axes 29 of the first and second apertures 26a and 26b.
  • the second terminals 25b of the microelectronic package 10 can be disposed in one or more sets of second terminals arranged at positions of one or more grids 17 in the peripheral regions 28 and/or 28' of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
  • Each set of second terminals 25b arranged at positions of a grid 17 can include one or more columns 18 of the second terminals.
  • all of the positions of the grid 17 can be occupied by a corresponding one of the second terminals 25b.
  • at least one of the positions of the grid 17 may not be occupied by a second terminal 25b.
  • each grid 17 of the microelectronic package 10 can include two parallel columns 18 of the second terminals 25b.
  • Such columns 18 can be oriented parallel to the axes 29 of the adjacent respective apertures 26, as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the columns 18 in each of the first, second, third, and fourth grids 17a, 17b, 17c, and 17d shown in FIG. 5A can be oriented parallel to the respective first, second, third, and fourth axes 29a, 29b, 29c, and 29d.
  • At least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the address signals can be arranged at positions within the grids 15 that also contain the first terminals 25a. In one example, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the command signals, address signals, and clock signals can be arranged at positions within the grids 15 that also contain the first terminals 25a.
  • first and second terminals 25a and 25b are shown at the same relative position in a direction of the first and second axes 29a, 29b within adjacent columns 16 or 18, such terminals may in fact be disposed at positions which are somewhat offset in the direction of the first and second axes 29a, 29b.
  • at least one of the first and second terminals 25a, 25b may be disposed between adjacent columns of terminals.
  • one or more of the grids 15, 17 may include a column of terminals for which a column axis extends through a majority of the terminals 25 of such column, i.e., is centered relative thereto.
  • one or more of the terminals might not be centered relative to the column axis.
  • these one or more terminals are considered part of a particular column, even though such terminal might not be centered relative to the column axis because they are closer to the axis of that particular column than to the axis of any other column.
  • the column axis may extend through these one or more terminals that are not centered relative to the column axis, or, in some cases, the non-centered terminals may be farther from the column axis such that the column axis may not even pass through these non-centered terminals of the column.
  • terminals in one column or even in more than one column which are not centered with respect to a column axis of the respective column in a grid.
  • the grids 15, 17 of terminals 25 may contain arrangements of terminals in groupings other than columns, such as in arrangements shaped like rings, polygons or even scattered distributions of terminals.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can include other amounts and configurations of columns 16 and columns 18, as will be shown and described below with reference to FIGS. 6A through 15C.
  • the first terminals can be arranged in no more than four columns or in no more than two columns.
  • grids having one, two, and three columns of terminals are shown in the figures, the grids of in any of the embodiments described herein can have any number of columns of terminals .
  • Electrical connections between the contacts 35 and the terminals 25 can include optional leads, e.g., wire bonds 40, or other possible structure in which at least portions of the leads are aligned with at least one of the apertures 26.
  • at least some of the electrical connections can include a wire bond 40 that extends beyond an edge of an aperture 26 in the substrate, and is joined to the contact 35 and a conductive element 24 of the substrate.
  • at least some of the electrical connections can include lead bonds .
  • Such connections can include leads that extend along either or both of the first and second surfaces 21, 22 of the substrate 20 between the conductive elements 24 and the terminals 25.
  • such leads can be electrically connected between the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 and the first terminals 25a, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures 26.
  • At least some signals that pass through the first terminals 25a of the package can be common to at least two of the microelectronic elements 30. These signals can be routed through connections such as conductive traces extending on or within the substrate 20 in directions parallel to the first and second surfaces 21, 22 of the substrate from the terminals 25 to the corresponding contacts 35 of the microelectronic elements 30.
  • a first terminal 25a disposed in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 can be electrically connected with a conductive contact 35 of each microelectronic element 30 through a conductive trace, a conductive element 24, e.g., a bond pad, and a wire bond 40 joined to the conductive element 24 and the contact 35.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can include four microelectronic elements 30, some of which can be stacked relative to one another.
  • the front surface 31 of each of first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b can confront the first surface 21 of the substrate 20, and the front surface 31 of each of third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can confront a rear surface 33 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements.
  • At least a portion of the front surface 31 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can overlie at least a portion of the rear surface 33 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b. At least a portion of the central region 37 of the front surface 31 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can project beyond the respective lateral edges 32a, 32b of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b. Accordingly, the contacts 35 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can be positioned in a location projecting beyond the respective lateral edges 32a, 32b of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b.
  • One or more adhesive layers 13 can be positioned between the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b and the substrate 20, between the third microelectronic element 30c and the first and second microelectronic elements 30a and 30b, and between the fourth microelectronic element 30d and the first and second microelectronic elements 30a and 30b.
  • Such adhesive layers 13 can include adhesive for bonding the aforementioned components of the microelectronic package 10 to one another.
  • the one or more adhesive layers 13 can extend between the first surface 21 of the substrate 20 and the front surface 31 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b.
  • the one or more adhesive layers 13 can attach at least a portion of the front surface 31 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d to at least a portion of the rear surface 33 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b.
  • each adhesive layer 13 can be partly or entirely made of a die attachment adhesive and can be comprised of a low elastic modulus material such as silicone elastomer. In one embodiment, the die attachment adhesive can be compliant. In another example, each adhesive layer 13 can be entirely or partly made of a thin layer of high elastic modulus adhesive or solder if the microelectronic elements 30 are each conventional semiconductor chips formed of the same material, because the microelectronic elements will tend to expand and contract in unison in response to temperature changes. Regardless of the materials employed, each of the adhesive layers 13 can include a single layer or multiple layers therein.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can also include an encapsulant 50 that can optionally cover, partially cover, or leave uncovered the rear surfaces 33 of the microelectronic elements 30.
  • an encapsulant can be flowed, stenciled, screened or dispensed onto the rear surfaces 33 of the microelectronic elements 30.
  • the encapsulant 50 can be a mold compound which is formed thereon by overmolding.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can further include an encapsulant (not shown) that can optionally cover the wire bonds 40 and the conductive elements 24 of the substrate 20. Such an encapsulant can also optionally extend into the apertures 26, and it can cover the contacts 35 of the microelectronic elements 30.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can be configured to be assembled with another such microelectronic package and a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 described below, such that each of the microelectronic packages is assembled to an opposing surface of the circuit panel.
  • a microelectronic assembly 5 can include two or more microelectronic packages 10, for example, first and second microelectronic packages 10a, 10b, that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 60.
  • the circuit panel 60 can have first and second opposing surfaces 61 and 62 and pluralities of electrically conductive first and second panel contacts 65a and 65b (collectively panel contacts 65) exposed at the respective first and second surfaces .
  • the microelectronic packages 10 can be mounted to the panel contacts 65, for example, by the joining units 11 that can extend between the terminals 25 and the panel contacts . As shown in FIG.
  • the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 of the first microelectronic package 10a and the second surface of the substrate of the second microelectronic package 10b can overlie at least 90% of one another.
  • the circuit panel 60 can include an element having a CTE less than 30 ppm/°C. In one embodiment, such an element can consist essentially of semiconductor, glass, ceramic or liquid crystal polymer material. [ 0142 ] The first terminals 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be electrically connected to the first terminals of the second microelectronic package 10b through the circuit panel 60.
  • the first terminals 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be arranged at positions of a first grid 15a, and the first terminals 25b of the second microelectronic package 10b can be arranged at positions of a second grid 15b. As shown in FIG. 5A, the first terminals 25a of the first grid 15a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be aligned within one ball pitch of the corresponding first terminals 25b to which they are connected of the second grid 15b of the second microelectronic package 10b.
  • alignment within a particular number of ball pitches means aligned within the particular number of ball pitches with respect to a horizontal direction perpendicular to the first surface of the substrate.
  • each pair of electrically connected terminals of the grids 15a, 15b of the respective first and second packages 10a, 10b can be aligned within one ball pitch of one another in orthogonal x and y directions parallel to the first surface 61 of the circuit panel 60.
  • a majority of the positions of the grids 15a, 15b of the respective first and second packages 10a, 10b can be aligned with one another in a vertical direction orthogonal to the first and second circuit panel surfaces 61, 62.
  • the grids 15a and 15b of the respective first and second microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can be functionally and mechanically matched, such that each of the grids 15a and 15b can have the same pattern of first terminals 25a at the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 of the respective microelectronic package 10a or 10b with the same function, although the particular dimensions of the length, width, and height of each microelectronic package 10 can be different than that of the other microelectronic packages.
  • the first terminals 25a of each microelectronic package 10 can be oriented such that a functional top end 19 of the grid of the first microelectronic package 10a (that can be seen in FIG. 5A) can overlie the functional top end 19 of the grid of the second microelectronic package 10b.
  • a spatial distribution of the first terminals 25a along the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 of at least one of the first and second microelectronic packages 10 can be different from a spatial distribution of the corresponding panel contacts 65 to which they are electrically connected, such that at least one of the first terminals 25a does not directly overlie the corresponding panel contact 65 to which it is electrically connected .
  • the second terminals are omitted from the figures for clarity.
  • the second terminals can be present in the peripheral regions 28 and/or 28' of the second surface 22 of each microelectronic package 10.
  • the second terminals of each microelectronic package 10 can be mounted to corresponding ones of the panel contacts 65, for example, by joining units such as the joining units 11 that can extend between the second terminals and the panel contacts.
  • the circuit panel 60 of the microelectronic assembly 5 can include one or more routing layers 66, e.g., a layer of electrically conductive traces thereon, for routing of all of the address signals.
  • the circuit panel 60 of the microelectronic assembly 5 can include one or more routing layers 66, e.g., a layer of electrically conductive traces thereon, for routing of all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals.
  • metalized vias 67 extending through the circuit panel 60 can be coupled to the panel contacts 65 by conductive structure 68 (e.g., traces) of the routing layer 66.
  • conductive structure 68 e.g., traces
  • the total combined length of the conductive elements (e.g., the vias 67 and the conductive structure 68) connecting a pair of electrically coupled first and second panel contacts 65a and 65b exposed at the respective first and second surfaces 61 and 62 of the circuit panel 60 can be less than seven times a minimum pitch of the panel contacts 65.
  • the circuit panel 60 may include no more than two routing layers 66 required for routing of all of the address signals.
  • the circuit panel 60 may include no more than two routing layers 66 required for routing of all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals.
  • the circuit panel 60 may include more than two routing layers for the routing of signals other than the particular signals carried by the first terminals 25a.
  • the first panel contacts 65a can be joined to the first terminals 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a and can be arranged in first and second linearly extending columns exposed at the first surface 61 of the circuit panel 60
  • the second panel contacts 65b can be joined to the first terminals 25a of the second microelectronic package 10b and can be arranged in first and second linearly extending columns exposed at the second surface 62 of the circuit panel 60.
  • the first column of the first panel contacts 65a shown bonded to joining units 11 labeled with an ' ⁇ ', can be aligned with the second column of the second panel contacts 65b in a direction of a thickness of the circuit panel, and the second column of the first panel contacts 65a can be aligned in the direction of the circuit panel thickness with the first column of the second panel contacts 65b, also shown bonded to joining units labeled with an ' A ' .
  • Each of the first panel contacts 65a at the first surface 61 labeled with an 'A' can be electrically coupled to a corresponding second panel contact 65b at the second surface 62 labeled with an ⁇ ', such that each panel contact 65 in the first column at each surface 61, 62 can be coupled to a corresponding panel contact in the first column at the opposite surface.
  • FIG. 5E a schematic of the electrical connections between corresponding ones of the panel contacts 65 are shown via dotted lines 69a and 69b.
  • each panel contact 65 in the second column at each surface 61, 62 can be coupled to a corresponding panel contact in the second column at the opposite surface.
  • the circuit panel 60 can further include conductive contacts configured for electrically connecting the microelectronic assembly 5 with at least one component external to the microelectronic assembly.
  • each first terminal 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be electrically coupled through the circuit panel 60 to a corresponding first terminal of the second microelectronic package 10b having the same function, with a relatively short stub length.
  • stub length means the total length of the shortest electrical connection between a terminal 25 of a microelectronic package 10 at a first surface of the circuit panel and a corresponding terminal of a microelectronic package at the second opposed surface of the circuit panel.
  • stub lengths of the electrical connections between the first and second microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can be less than seven times a minimum pitch of the first terminals 25a of each microelectronic package .
  • FIG. 5F illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5E, in which the metalized vias 67' extending through the circuit panel 60' are arranged in a common vertical plane with the first terminals 25a of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 10a, 10b.
  • corresponding first terminals 25a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can be horizontally offset from one another, so that horizontally and vertically extending conductive structure (e.g., traces and metalized vias) of the circuit panel can electrically connect the corresponding first terminals.
  • conductive structure e.g., traces and metalized vias
  • the command-address bus signals can be routed in at least one direction Dl between connection sites on a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 at which a plurality of microelectronic packages 10a, 10b are connected, such that signals of the command-address bus 137 reach each pair of packages 10a and 10b at respective connection sites I, II or III at slightly different times.
  • the at least one direction Dl can be transverse or orthogonal to a direction D2 in which at least one column 36 of a plurality of contacts 35 on at least one microelectronic element 30 extends.
  • the signal conductors of the command-address bus 137 on (i.e., on or within) the circuit panel 60 can in some cases be spaced apart from one another in the direction D2 that is parallel to the at least one column 36 of contacts 35 on a microelectronic element 30 within a package 10a or 10b connected to, or to be connected to the circuit panel 60.
  • Such a configuration may help simplify the routing of signal conductors of one or more routing layers on the circuit panel 60 used to route command-address bus signals.
  • first terminals 25a are disposed at the same vertical layout position on each package, such as the first terminals configured to receive address signals A3 and Al .
  • the microelectronic assembly 5 can have a microelectronic element 30' that can include a semiconductor chip configured predominantly to perform a logic function, such as a solid state drive controller, and one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 in the microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can each include memory storage elements such as nonvolatile flash memory.
  • the microelectronic element 30' can include a special purpose processor that is configured to relieve a central processing unit of a system such as the system 1600 (FIG. 16) from supervision of transfers of data to and from the memory storage elements included in the microelectronic elements 30.
  • Such a microelectronic element 30' including a solid state drive controller can provide direct memory access to and from a data bus on a motherboard (e.g., the circuit panel 1602 shown in FIG. 16) of a system such as the system 1600.
  • the microelectronic element 30' can be configured to perform a buffering function, e.g., the microelectronic element 30' can be configured to regenerate the above-noted command-address bus signals for transfer to each of the microelectronic packages 10a and 10b.
  • Such a microelectronic element 30' can be configured to help provide impedance isolation for each of the microelectronic elements 30 with respect to components external to the microelectronic assembly 5.
  • the command-address bus signals can be routed between the microelectronic element 30' and each pair of packages 10a and 10b at respective connection sites I, II or III.
  • a portion of the command- address bus 137 that extends past the connection sites I, II or III can extend in the direction D2 or in another direction transverse to the direction Dl to reach contacts of the microelectronic element 30'.
  • the command- address bus 137 can extend in the direction Dl to reach contacts of the microelectronic element 30'.
  • FIG. 6A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the first terminals 625a of the microelectronic package 610 are arranged in a grid 615 having a single column 616. Although the grid 615 is shown extending beyond the outer boundaries of the front surface 631 of the microelectronic elements 630, that need not be the case.
  • FIG. 6B shows a microelectronic assembly 605 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 610 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 660. As shown in FIG.
  • corresponding first terminals 625a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 610a and 610b can be arranged in a common vertical plane.
  • the circuit panel construction may also be simplified in a microelectronic assembly 605 having this construction, because the routing between each electrically connected pair of first terminals 625a can be mostly in a vertical direction, i.e., in a direction through the thickness of the circuit panel. That is, via connections on the circuit panel 660 may be all that is needed to electrically connect each pair of corresponding first terminals 625a of the microelectronic packages 610 mounted to the opposite surfaces 661, 662 of the circuit panel .
  • the corresponding first terminals 625a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 610a and 610b may not be horizontally offset from one another (or can be minimally horizontally offset due to manufacturing tolerance, for example), so at least some of the electrical connections carrying the address signals (in one example) or the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals (in a particular example) through the circuit panel 660 between the first terminals 625a of the first and second microelectronic packages 610a and 610b can have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel.
  • signals of fixed potential include power and ground (reference potential) signals.
  • the number of routing layers of wiring on the circuit panel 660 required to route the address signals (in one example) or the command-address bus signals (in a particular example) along the circuit panel between connection sites where respective pairs of microelectronic packages 610 are connected can be reduced.
  • the number of routing layers required to route such signals along the circuit panel 660 may in some cases be reduced to two or fewer routing layers. In a particular example, there may be no more than one routing layer required to route such signals along the circuit panel 660.
  • FIG. 7A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the first terminals 725a of the microelectronic package 710 are disposed in first and second sets of first terminals arranged in respective positions within first and second parallel grids 715a and 715b, each grid having two adjacent columns 716 of the first terminals.
  • the first terminals 725a in the first set arragned at positions within the first grid 715a can be configured to carry all of the same signal assignments as the first terminals in the second set arranged at positions within the second grid 715b, and the positions of corresponding ones of the first terminals in the first and second sets are shown mirrored about an intermediate theoretical axis 729e between the first and second grids, the intermediate theoretical axis being parallel to the first and second axes 729a and 729b of the apertures 726a and 726b.
  • each first terminal 725a that is configured to carry a particular signal in the first set of first terminals arranged at positions within the first grid 715a can be symmetric about the intermediate theoretical axis 729e with respect to a corresponding first terminal that is configured to carry the same signal in the second set of first terminals arranged at positions within the second grid 715b.
  • the signal assignments of the first terminals 725a in the first set correspond to and are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the corresponding first terminals in the second set.
  • the intermediate theoretical axis 729e about which the signal assignments of the first terminals 725a are symmetric can be located at various positions on the substrate 720.
  • the intermediate theoretical axis 729e can be a central axis of the package that is located equidistant from first and second opposed edges 727a, 727b of the substrate, particularly when the columns 716 of the first terminals extend in a direction parallel to the edges 727a, 727b and the first and second grids 715a, 715b are disposed at locations that are symmetric about this central axis.
  • this axis of symmetry can be offset in a horizontal direction (a direction perpendicular to the intermediate theoretical axis 729e) from the central axis that is equidistant between edges 727a, 727b.
  • the intermediate axis 729e can be located within one ball pitch of the first terminals 725a of a centerline of the second surface 722 of the substrate 720 located equidistant between first and second opposed edges 727a and 727b of the second surface.
  • the first terminals of each of the first and second grids 715a and 715b can be electrically connected to two corresponding ones of the microelectronic elements.
  • the first terminals 725a of the first grid 715a can be connected to contacts of the first and second microelectronic elements 730a, 730b, and the first terminals of the second grid 715b can be connected to contacts of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 730c, 730d.
  • the first terminals 725a of the first grid 715a may also be not electrically connected with the third and fourth microelectronic elements 730c, 730d
  • the first terminals 725a of the second grid 715b of the package 710 may also be not electrically connected with the first and second microelectronic elements 730a, 730b.
  • the first terminals 725a of each of the first and second grids 715a, 715b can be electrically connected with each of the first, second, third, and fourth microelectronic elements 730a, 730b, 730c, and 730d.
  • a first terminal 725a of the first grid that is assigned to carry the signal CK (clock) is in the same relative vertical position (a direction along the intermediate theoretical axis 729e) within the grid as the corresponding first terminal of the second grid that is assigned to carry the signal CK .
  • the first grid 715a contains two columns 716 and the terminal of the first grid assigned to carry the signal CK is in the left column among the two columns of the first grid, the mirror image arrangement requires that the corresponding terminal of the second grid 715b assigned to carry the signal CK is in the right column among the two columns of the second grid .
  • terminals assigned to carry address information shown as "A3" of each of the first and second grids 715a, 715b of first terminals designates a corresponding element contact (shown in FIG. 7B) of one or more microelectronic elements within the microelectronic package 710 which element contact has the name "A3".
  • Such corresponding first terminals 725a at the exterior of the microelectronic package 710 in each of the first and second sets of first terminals through which information is transferred to element contacts having the same name, e.g., "A3", are considered to have mirror image signal assignments, even if the names of the corresponding first terminals in the first and second sets are different.
  • the signals assigned to each pair of first terminals 725a having mirror image signal assignments e.g., the signal assignments designated "A3" in each of the first and second sets of first terminals, identify terminals that carry information to be input to element contacts having the name "A3" on microelectronic elements, although the names of the corresponding terminals in each of the first and second sets can be different, such as may be given the names A3L (A3 left) in the first set and A3R (A3 right) in the second set.
  • the address information provided to the microelectronic package 710 at the corresponding pairs of first terminals shown as "A3" in FIG. 7A may in some cases originate from the identical output of driver circuitry at a location external to the microelectronic structure.
  • a first terminal 725a of the first grid 715a that is assigned to carry the signal "A3" i.e., as described above, for transfer of information thereon to an element contact named "A3" of a microelectronic element
  • the second terminals 725b can be in first and second parallel grids 717a and 717b and third and fourth parallel grids 717c and 717d, and the positions of corresponding ones of the second terminals 725b in such first and second grids can be mirrored about the intermediate axis 729e, and the positions of corresponding ones of the second terminals in such third and fourth grids can be mirrored about a second intermediate axis 729f transverse to the intermediate axis 729e.
  • the second intermediate axis 729f can be orthogonal to the intermediate axis 729e.
  • some or all of the second terminals 725b can be arranged in the same grids 715a, 715b on the substrate 720 in which the first terminals 725a are arranged. Some or all of the second terminals 725b may be disposed in the same column or in different columns as some or all of the first terminals 725a. In some cases, one or more second terminals 725b can be interspersed with the first terminals 725a in the same grids or column thereof.
  • the grids 717a, 717b, 717c, and 717d of second terminals 725b which can overlie portions of the microelectronic elements 730a, 730b, 730c, and 730d, and can be electrically connected therewith, can have terminals disposed in any suitable arrangement, there being no requirement to place these second terminals in grids in which the signal assignments in one of the grids are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals another one of the grids.
  • the signal assignments of the two grids 717a and 717b are symmetric about the intermediate axis 729e with respect to one another, where the intermediate axis extends in a direction between these grids 717a and 717b.
  • FIG. 7C shows a variation of the signal assignments shown in FIG. 7A that can be used in the microelectronic package 710 instead of the signal assignments shown in FIG. 7A.
  • FIG. 7C is substantially the same figure as FIG. 18 of the co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application No. 13/439,317, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
  • the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the fifth grid 755 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 780
  • the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the sixth grid 757 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 780.
  • two signal class assignments can be symmetric with respect to one another if the signal assignments are in the same class of assignments, even if the numerical index within the class differs.
  • Exemplary signal class assignments can include data signals, data strobe signals, data strobe complement signals, and data mask signals.
  • the second terminals having signal assignments DQSH# and DQSL# are symmetric about the vertical axis 780 with respect to their signal class assignment, which is data strobe complement, even though those second terminals have different signal assignments.
  • the assignments of the data signals to the spatial positions of the second terminals on the microelectronic package can have modulo-X symmetry about the vertical axis 780.
  • the modulo-X symmetry can help preserve signal integrity in an assembly 5 such as seen in FIG. 5E, in which one or more pairs of first and second packages are mounted opposite one another to a circuit panel, and the circuit panel electrically connects corresponding pairs of second terminals of those first and second packages in each oppositely-mounted package pair.
  • modulo-X symmetry can permit electrical connections to be made through the circuit panel so that a terminal DQO of a first package can be electrically connected through the circuit panel to a terminal DQ8 of the second package which has the same index number modulo X (X being 8 in this case), so that the connection can be made in a direction essentially straight through, i.e., normal to, the thickness of the circuit panel.
  • X can be a number 2 n (2 to the power of n), wherein n is greater than or equal to 2, or X can be 8 x N, N being two or more.
  • X may be equal to the number of bits in a half-byte (4 bits), byte (8 bits), multiple bytes (8 x N, N being two or more), a word (32 bits) or multiple words.
  • the signal assignment of a package terminal DQO in grid 755 configured to carry data signal DQO is symmetric about the vertical axis 780 with the signal assignment of another package terminal configured to carry data signal DQ8.
  • the signal assignments of package terminals DQO and DQ8 in grid 757 have modulo-8 symmetry about the vertical axis, and the same is also true for grid 757.
  • Modulo-8 symmetry such as described herein can be seen in grids 755, 757 with respect to each of the signal assignments of package terminals DQO through DQ15. [ 0175 ] It is important to note that, although not shown, the modulo number "X" can be a number other than 2 n (2 to the power of n) and can be any number greater than two.
  • the modulo number X upon which the symmetry is based can depend upon how many bits are present in a data size for which the package is constructed or configured. For example, when the data size is 10 bits instead of 8, then the signal assignments may have modulo-10 symmetry. It may even be the case that when the data size has an odd number of bits, the modulo number X can have such number .
  • FIG. 7B shows a microelectronic assembly 705 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 710 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 760. As shown in FIG. 7B, which shows a microelectronic assembly 705 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 710 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 760. As shown in FIG. 7B
  • corresponding first terminals 725a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 710a and 710b can be arranged in a common vertical plane, which can allow at least some of the electrical connections carrying the address signals (in one example) or the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals (in a particular example) through the circuit panel 760 between the first terminals 725a of the first and second microelectronic packages 710a and 710b to have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel .
  • FIG. 8 illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 7A that shows a microelectronic package 810 having first terminals 825a arranged in four parallel grids 815 each having two columns 816.
  • the sets of first terminals disposed at locations within the two outer grids 815a and 815b can be mirrored with respect to one another about an intermediate axis 829e between the outer grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 829a, 829b, and the sets of first terminals disposed at locations within the two inner grids 815c and 815d can be mirrored with respect to one another about the intermediate axis.
  • the set of first terminals disposed at locations within each outer grid 815a and 815b can also be mirrored with respect to the set of first terminals disposed at locations within an adjacent one of the inner grids 815c and 815d.
  • FIG. 9A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 7A, in which the microelectronic package 910 includes three microelectronic elements 930.
  • the microelectronic package 910 includes first and second microelectronic elements 930a and 930b each having a front surface 931 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 921 of the substrate 920, and a third microelectronic element 930c disposed between the substrate and the first and second microelectronic elements.
  • the first and second microelectronic elements 930a, 930b each have a front surface 931 at least partially overlying the rear surface 933 of the third microelectronic element 930c.
  • the third microelectronic element 930c can be a NAND flash element.
  • the substrate 920 can have a third aperture 926c having a third axis 929c extending in a direction of the length of the third aperture, the third axis being transverse to the first and second axes 929a and 929b of the respective first and second apertures 926a and 926b.
  • the third axis 929c can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 929a, 929b.
  • the third microelectronic element 930c can have a plurality of contacts 935 at the first surface 936 thereof aligned with at least one of the apertures 926.
  • the first terminals 925a of the microelectronic package 910 can be arranged in first and second parallel grids 915a and 915b, each grid having two adjacent columns 916 of the first terminals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 925a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about an intermediate axis 929e (that may be coincident with the third axis 929c) between the first and second grids that is transverse to the first and second axes 929a and 929b.
  • the intermediate axis 929e can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 929a, 929b.
  • some of the second terminals 925b can be located in grids 917 adjacent to the grids 915 of the first terminals 925a.
  • FIG. 9B illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 9A, in which the microelectronic package 910' includes two microelectronic elements 930.
  • the microelectronic package 910 includes a first microelectronic element 930a' having a front surface 931 confronting the second surface 922 of the substrate 920', and a second microelectronic element 930b' having a front surface at least partially overlying a rear surface 932 of the first microelectronic element.
  • the substrate 920' can have first and second apertures 926a, 926b having respective first and second axes 929a, 929b extending in a direction of the length of the respective first and second apertures, the second axis being transverse to the first axis.
  • the second axis 929b can be orthogonal to the first axis 929a.
  • the first terminals 925a of the microelectronic package 910' can be arranged in first and second parallel grids 915a and 915b, each grid having two adjacent columns 916 of the first terminals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 925a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about an intermediate axis 929e (that may be coincident with the first axis 929a) between the first and second grids that is parallel to the first axis 929a.
  • a central region 923 of the first surface 921 of the substrate 920' in which the first terminals 925a are exposed can be located adjacent the first aperture 926a.
  • the first aperture 926a can be at least partially disposed between the first and second grids 915a and 915b.
  • a spacer (not shown) can be positioned between the front surface 931 of the second microelectronic element 930b' and a portion of the second surface 922 of the substrate 920, to increase the mechanical stability of the second microelectronic element with respect to the substrate.
  • a spacer can be made, for example, from a dielectric material such as silicon dioxide, a semiconductor material such as silicon, or one or more layers of adhesive. If the spacer includes adhesives, the adhesives can connect the second microelectronic element 930b to the substrate 920.
  • the spacer can have substantially the same thickness in a vertical direction substantially perpendicular to the first surface 921 of the substrate 920 as the thickness of the first microelectronic element 930a' between the front and rear surfaces 931, 933 thereof.
  • the spacer is made from an adhesive
  • the adhesive layers positioned between the spacer and the second microelectronic element 930b' and the substrate 920 can be omitted .
  • FIG. 9C shows a microelectronic assembly 905 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 910 or 910' that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 960.
  • corresponding first terminals 925a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 910a, 910b or 910a', 910b' can be arranged in a common vertical plane.
  • the corresponding first terminals 925a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 910a or 910a' and 910b or 910b' may not be horizontally offset from one another (or can be minimally horizontally offset due to manufacturing tolerance, for example), so at least some of the electrical connections carrying the address signals (in one example) or the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals (in a particular example) through the circuit panel 960 between the first terminals 925a of the first and second microelectronic packages 910a or 910a' and 910b or 910b' can have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel .
  • a microelectronic package can include two adjacent overlapping pairs of microelectronic elements, which would have the appearance of two pairs of microelectronic elements 930a', 930b' (FIG. 9B) disposed adjacent one another overlying the same substrate.
  • FIG. 10A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the microelectronic package 1010 includes four microelectronic elements 1030 each having a surface 1031 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 1021 of the substrate 1020.
  • FIG. 10A illustrates a particular arrangement of microelectronic elements 1030 similar to the shape of a pinwheel.
  • the longest dimensions of the first and second apertures 1026a and 1026b define first and second parallel axes 1029a and 1029b
  • the longest dimensions of the third and fourth apertures 1026c and 1026d define third and fourth parallel axes 1029c and 1029d.
  • the third and fourth axes 1029c, 1029d can be transverse to the first and second axes 1029a, 1029b.
  • the third and fourth axes 1029c, 1029d can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 1029a, 1029b.
  • each of the microelectronic elements 1030 can have first and second opposed edges 1038a, 1038b extending in a direction of the length of the respective microelectronic element, each of the first edges having portions adjacent to a centroid 1008 of the package, each of the first edges defining a plane 1039 that extends through exactly one of the other ones of the microelectronic elements.
  • the axis 1029 of each of the apertures 1026 can extend through exactly one of the other ones of the apertures.
  • Each of the microelectronic elements 1030 can have third and fourth opposed edges 1038c, 1038d extending in a direction of the width of the respective microelectronic element between the first and second opposed edges 1038a, 1038b, each of the third edges facing at least a portion of a first edge of an adjacent microelectronic element.
  • the second edge 1038b of each of the microelectronic elements 1030 can be coplanar with the fourth edge 1038d of exactly one adjacent microelectronic element.
  • the first terminals 1025a of the microelectronic package 1010 can be arranged in a single grid 1015 having two adjacent columns 1016 of the first terminals.
  • a central region 1023 of the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020 in which the first terminals 1025a are exposed can be located between the first and second axes 1029a, 1029b, such that peripheral regions 1028 of the second surface of the substrate can lie between opposed edges of the substrate and the first and second axes.
  • the third and fourth axes 1029c and 1029d can provide boundaries of the central region 1023 of the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020, such that peripheral regions 1028' of the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020 can lie between opposed edges of the substrate and the third and fourth axes .
  • one or more microelectronic elements 1030' including a chip that is configured to perform a buffering function can be mounted to the substrate 1020 having a surface 1031' facing the first surface 1021 (FIG. 10A) or the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020.
  • a buffering chip 1030' can be flip-chip bonded to electrically conductive contacts exposed at the first surface 1021 of the substrate 1020.
  • Each such buffer element can be used to provide signal isolation between terminals of the microelectronic package 1010, particularly for the above- noted command-address bus signals received at the first terminals of the package, and one or more of the microelectronic elements in the package.
  • such a buffering chip 1030' or buffer element can be electrically connected to at least some of the terminals 1025 and one or more of the microelectronic elements 1030 in the microelectronic package 1010, the buffer chip configured to regenerate at least one signal received at one or more of the terminals of the microelectronic package 1010.
  • the one or more buffer elements regenerate signals received at the first terminals, or which are received at the second terminals, and transfers the regenerated signals to the microelectronic elements in the package.
  • such a buffering chip can be configured to buffer the address information, or in one example, the command signals, address signals, and clock signals that are transferred to one or more of the microelectronic elements 1030.
  • such an additional microelectronic element can be configured to partially or fully decode at least one of address information or command information received at the terminals, such as at the first terminals. The decoding chip can then output the result of such partial or full decoding for transfer to one or more of the microelectronic elements 1030.
  • one or more of the chips 1030' can be a decoupling capacitor.
  • One or more decoupling capacitors 1030' can be disposed between the microelectronic elements 1030 instead of or in addition to the aforementioned buffering chips .
  • Such decoupling capacitors can be electrically connected to internal power supply and/or ground buses inside the microelectronic package 1010.
  • FIG. 10B shows a microelectronic assembly 1005 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 1010 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 1060. As shown in FIG. 10B, corresponding first terminals 1025a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 1010a and 1010b can be arranged in a common vertical plane.
  • FIGS. IOC and 10D show variations of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 10A.
  • FIG. IOC shows a microelectronic package 1001 having first terminals 1025a arranged in a single grid 1015' having three parallel columns 1016.
  • Such a configuration of the grid 1015' having three columns 1016 can be advantageous when the third and fourth apertures 1026c and 1026d are relatively close together, thereby limiting the potential length of the grid that can fit between the third and fourth apertures .
  • FIG. 10D shows a microelectronic package 1002 having first terminals 1025a arranged in a single grid 1015 having two parallel columns 1016, where the microelectronic elements 1030 are relatively non-elongated, thereby limiting the potential height of the grid that can fit between the third and fourth apertures.
  • the pinwheel shape can be adjusted as shown in FIG. 10D so that the second edge 1038b of each of the microelectronic elements 1030 is not coplanar with the fourth edge 1038d of an adjacent microelectronic element.
  • a plane 1039' containing the second edge 1038b of each of the microelectronic elements 1030 intersects the first edge 1038a of exactly one adjacent microelectronic element.
  • FIG. 11A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 10A, in which the first terminals 1125a of the microelectronic package 1110 are arranged in first and second parallel grids 1115a and 1115b, each grid having two adjacent columns 1116 of the first terminals.
  • each of the first and second grids 1115a and 1115b can be configured to carry all of the same signals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 1125a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about an intermediate axis 1129e between the first and second grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 1129a and 1129b of the apertures 1126a and 1126b.
  • one or more buffering chips 1130' can be mounted to the substrate 1120 adjacent to one another, each buffering chip having a surface 1131' facing the first surface 1121 (FIG. 11A) or the second surface 1122 of the substrate 1120.
  • Such buffering chips 1130' can be flip-chip bonded to electrically conductive contacts exposed at the first surface 1121 of the substrate 1120.
  • each of the one or more buffering chips 1130' can be electrically connected to two respective ones of the microelectronic elements.
  • one or more of the chips 1130' can be a decoupling capacitor.
  • One or more decoupling capacitors 1130' can be disposed between the microelectronic elements 1130 instead of or in addition to the aforementioned buffering chips . Such decoupling capacitors can be electrically connected to internal power and ground buses inside the microelectronic package 1110.
  • FIG. HE shows a variation of the signal assignments shown in FIG. HA that can be used in the microelectronic package 1110 instead of the signal assignments shown in FIG. HA.
  • FIG. HE is substantially the same figure as FIG. 20 of the co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application No. 13/439,317, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
  • the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the fifth grid 1155 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 1180
  • the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the sixth grid 1157 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 1180.
  • the assignments of the data signals to the spatial positions of the second terminals on the microelectronic package such as for data signals DQO, DQ1, for example, can have modulo-X symmetry about the vertical axis 1180.
  • FIG. 11B shows a microelectronic assembly 1105 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 1110 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 1160.
  • corresponding first terminals 1125a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 1110a and 1110b can be arranged in a common vertical plane, which can allow at least some of the electrical connections through the circuit panel 1160 between the first terminals 1125a of the first and second microelectronic packages 1110a and 1110b to have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel.
  • FIGS. llC and 11D show variations of the embodiments of the microelectronic packages shown in FIG. IOC and 10D, respectively.
  • the microelectronic package 1101 shown in FIG. llC is the same as the microelectronic package 1001 shown in FIG. IOC, except that the microelectronic package 1101 has two parallel grids 1115a' and 1115b' each having three parallel columns 1116.
  • the first and second grids 1115a' and 1115b' can be mirrored about an intermediate axis 1129e between the first and second grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 1129a and 1129b of the first and second apertures 1126a and 1126b.
  • the microelectronic package 1102 shown in FIG. 11D is the same as the microelectronic package 1002 shown in FIG. 10D, except that the microelectronic package 1102 has two parallel grids 1115a and 1115b each having two parallel columns 1116.
  • the first and second grids 1115a and 1115b can be mirrored about an intermediate axis 1129e between the first and second grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 1129a and 1129b of the first and second apertures 1126a and 1126b.
  • FIG. 12 shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 11C.
  • the microelectronic package 1210 shown in FIG. 12 is the same as the microelectronic package 1101 shown in FIG. 11C, except that the microelectronic package 1210 has microelectronic elements 1230, some of which can be stacked relative to one another.
  • the microelectronic package 1210 has microelectronic elements 1230, some of which can be stacked relative to one another.
  • the front surface 1231 of each of first and second microelectronic elements 1230a, 1230b can confront the first surface 1221 of the substrate 1220, and at least a portion of the front surface 1231 of each of third and fourth microelectronic elements 1230c, 1230d can overlie a rear surface 1233 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements.
  • FIG. 13A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the microelectronic elements and apertures are rotated ninety degrees.
  • the microelectronic package 1310 is the same as the microelectronic package 10 shown in FIG. 5A, except that the first and second apertures 1326a, 1326b have a first axis 1329a extending in a direction of the lengths of the first and second apertures, and the third and fourth apertures 1329c, 1329d have a second axis 1329b extending in a direction of the lengths of the third and fourth apertures.
  • first terminals 1325a are disposed in a single grid 1315 having three parallel columns 1316, rather than two columns as shown in FIG. 5A.
  • Each of the microelectronic elements 1330 are oriented such that a plurality of contacts at the surface of each microelectronic element is aligned with at least one of the apertures 1326.
  • the first terminals 1325a are disposed in a central region 1323 of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320, the central region being disposed between parallel lines 1308a and 1308b that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309a, 1309b of the respective first and second apertures 1326a, 1326b.
  • the parallel lines 1308a, 1308b can be transverse to the respective first and second axes 1329a, 1329b.
  • the parallel lines 1308a, 1308b can be orthogonal to the respective first and second axes 1329a, 1329b.
  • the central region 1323 of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320 can also be bounded by parallel lines 1308c and 1308d that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309c, 1309d of the respective third and fourth apertures 1326c, 1326d.
  • the central region 1323 can be disposed within a rectangular area of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320 not extending beyond any of the adjacent ends of the apertures 1309a, 1309b, 1309c, and 1309d.
  • FIG. 13B illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 13B, in which the first terminals 1325a of the microelectronic package 1310' are arranged in first and second parallel grids 1315a and 1315b, each grid having two adjacent columns 1316 of the first terminals.
  • each of the first and second grids 1315a and 1315b can be configured to carry all of the same signals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 1325a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about the second axis 1329b, such that one of the grids is disposed on each side of the second axis.
  • the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 1325a in the first and second grids 1315a, 1315b can be mirrored about an intermediate axis that is not coincident with the first axis 1329a.
  • the first terminals 1325a are disposed in a central region 1323 of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320, the central region being disposed between parallel lines 1308a and 1308b that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309a, 1309b of the respective first and second apertures 1326a, 1326b.
  • the grids 1315a and 1315b (and also the central region 1323) can extend beyond the parallel lines 1308c and 1308d that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309c, 1309d of the respective third and fourth apertures 1326c, 1326d.
  • FIGS. 14A and 14B show variations of the embodiments of the microelectronic packages shown in FIG. 13A and 13B, respectively.
  • the microelectronic package 1410 shown in FIG. 14A is the same as the microelectronic package 1310 shown in FIG. 14A, except that the microelectronic elements 1430 of the microelectronic package 1410 each have front surfaces arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate 1420.
  • the microelectronic package 1410' shown in FIG. 14B is the same as the microelectronic package 1310' shown in FIG. 14A, except that the microelectronic elements 1430 of the microelectronic package 1410' each have front surfaces arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate 1420.
  • FIG. 14C shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic packages shown in FIG. 14B.
  • the microelectronic package 1401 shown in FIG. 14C has first terminals 1425a arranged in four parallel grids 1415, each grid having two parallel columns 1416, each grid 1415 mirrored with respect to at least one additional grid 1415 about the first axis 1429a and/or about the second axis 1429b.
  • each grid 1415 can be mirrored with respect to one or more of the other grids 1415 about any other intermediate axes extending between pairs of the grids 1415.
  • Each of the grids 1417 of second terminals 1425b can also be mirrored with respect to another one of the grids 1417 about the first axis 1429a and/or the second axis 1429b, or each grid 1417 can be mirrored with respect to one or more of the other grids 1417 about any other intermediate axes extending between pairs of the grids 1417.
  • the particular arrangement of four mirrored grids of first terminals 1425a and/or second terminals 1425b shown in FIG. 14C can be used with the arrangement of overlying microelectronic elements shown in FIG. 13B.
  • FIG. 15A shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 9A.
  • the microelectronic package 1510 shown in FIG. 15A is the same as the microelectronic package 910 shown in FIG. 9A, except that the microelectronic elements 1530 of the microelectronic package 1510 each have front surfaces 1531 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 1521 of the substrate 1520.
  • FIG. 15B shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 9B.
  • the microelectronic package 1510' shown in FIG. 15B is the same as the microelectronic package 910' shown in FIG. 9A, except that the microelectronic elements 1530' of the microelectronic package 1510' each have front surfaces 1531 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 1521 of the substrate 1520' .
  • FIG. 15C shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 15B.
  • the microelectronic package 1510" shown in FIG. 15C is the same as the microelectronic package 1510' shown in FIG. 15B, except that the first terminals 1525a of the microelectronic package 1510" are arranged in a single grid 1515 having two adjacent columns 1516 of the first terminals.
  • the substrate 1520" can have two apertures 1526 extending between the first and second opposed surfaces thereof.
  • the longest dimension of a first aperture 1526a of the apertures 1526 can define a first axis 1529a.
  • a second aperture 1526b of the apertures 1526 can have a long dimension extending in a direction transverse to the first axis 1529a, and the second aperture can have an end 1509 adjacent the first aperture.
  • the end 1509 of the second aperture 1526b can define a second axis 1529b parallel to the first axis 1529a.
  • the second axis 1529b can be tangent to the end 1509 of the second aperture 1526b.
  • the first and second axes 1529a and 1529b can define a central region 1523 of the second surface of the substrate 1520 located between the first and second axes.
  • the grid 1515 that includes the first terminals 1525a can be exposed at the second surface of the substrate 1520 in the central region 1523 thereof.
  • microelectronic packages and microelectronic assemblies described above with reference to FIGS. 5A through 15C can be utilized in construction of diverse electronic systems, such as the system 1600 shown in FIG. 16.
  • the system 1600 in accordance with a further embodiment of the invention includes a plurality of modules or components 1606 such as the microelectronic packages and/or microelectronic assemblies as described above in conjunction with other electronic components 1608 and 1610.
  • the system can include a circuit panel, motherboard, or riser panel 1602 such as a flexible printed circuit board, and the circuit panel can include numerous conductors 1604, of which only one is depicted in FIG. 16, interconnecting the modules or components 1606 with one another.
  • a circuit panel 1602 can transport signals to and from each of the microelectronic packages and/or microelectronic assemblies included in the system 1600.
  • this is merely exemplary; any suitable structure for making electrical connections between the modules or components 1606 can be used.
  • the system 1600 can also include a processor such as the semiconductor chip 1608, such that each module or component 1606 can be configured to transfer a number N of data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the processor can be configured to transfer a number M of data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, M being greater than or equal to N.
  • a processor such as the semiconductor chip 1608, such that each module or component 1606 can be configured to transfer a number N of data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the processor can be configured to transfer a number M of data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, M being greater than or equal to N.
  • the system 1600 can include a processor chip 1608 that is configured to transfer thirty-two data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the system can also include four modules 1606 such as the microelectronic package 10 described with reference to FIG. 9B, each module 1606 configured to transfer eight data bits in parallel in a clock cycle (i.e., each module 1606 can include first and second microelectronic elements, each of the two microelectronic elements being configured to transfer four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle) .
  • the system 1600 can include a processor chip 1608 that is configured to transfer sixty-four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the system can also include four modules 1606 such as the microelectronic package described with reference to FIG. 5A, each module 1606 configured to transfer sixteen data bits in parallel in a clock cycle (i.e., each module 1606 can include four microelectronic elements, each of the four microelectronic elements being configured to transfer four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle) .
  • modules 1606 such as the microelectronic package described with reference to FIG. 5A, each module 1606 configured to transfer sixteen data bits in parallel in a clock cycle (i.e., each module 1606 can include four microelectronic elements, each of the four microelectronic elements being configured to transfer four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle) .
  • the component 1608 is a semiconductor chip and component 1610 is a display screen, but any other components can be used in the system 1600.
  • any other components can be used in the system 1600.
  • the system 1600 can include any number of such components.
  • Modules or components 1606 and components 1608 and 1610 can be mounted in a common housing 1601, schematically depicted in broken lines, and can be electrically interconnected with one another as necessary to form the desired circuit.
  • the housing 1601 is depicted as a portable housing of the type usable, for example, in a cellular telephone or personal digital assistant, and screen 1610 can be exposed at the surface of the housing.
  • a structure 1606 includes a light-sensitive element such as an imaging chip
  • a lens 1611 or other optical device also can be provided for routing light to the structure.
  • the simplified system shown in FIG. 16 is merely exemplary; other systems, including systems commonly regarded as fixed structures, such as desktop computers, routers and the like can be made using the structures discussed above.
  • FIG. 17 is substantially the same figure as FIG. 14 of the co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application No. 13/440,515, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein.
  • the system 1700 in accordance with a further embodiment of the invention is the same as the system 1600 shown in FIG. 16, except the component 1606 has been replaced by a plurality of components 1706.
  • Each of the components 1706 can be or can include one or more of the microelectronic packages or microelectronic assemblies described above with reference to FIGS. 5A through 15C. In a particular example, one or more of the components
  • 1706 can be a variation of the microelectronic assembly 5 shown in FIG. 5E, in which the circuit panel 60 includes exposed edge contacts, and the circuit panel 60 of each microelectronic assembly 5 can be suitable for insertion into a socket 1705.
  • Each socket 1705 can include a plurality of contacts
  • each socket 1705 can be suitable for mating with corresponding exposed edge contacts of a corresponding component 1706 such as the above-described variation of the microelectronic assembly 5.
  • the system can include a second circuit panel 1702 or motherboard such as a flexible printed circuit board, and the second circuit panel can include numerous conductors 1704, of which only one is depicted in FIG. 17, interconnecting the components 1706 with one another .
  • a module such as the system 1700 can include a plurality of components 1706, each component 1706 being the above-described variation of the microelectronic assembly 5.
  • Each component 1706 can be mounted to, and electrically connected with the second circuit panel 1702 for transport of signals to and from each component 1706.
  • the specific example of the system 1700 is merely exemplary; any suitable structure for making electrical connections between the components 1706 can be used.
  • the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements can be at least partially exposed at an exterior surface of the microelectronic package after completing fabrication.
  • the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements can be partially or fully exposed at an exterior surface of an encapsulant in the completed microelectronic package 10.
  • the microelectronic packages and microelectronic assemblies may include a heat spreader partly or entirely made of any suitable thermally conductive material.
  • suitable thermally conductive material include, but are not limited to, metal, graphite, thermally conductive adhesives, e.g., thermally-conductive epoxy, a solder, or the like, or a combination of such materials.
  • the heat spreader can be a substantially continuous sheet of metal.
  • the microelectronic package 10 can include a heat sink or heat spreader 55 that can be thermally coupled to a surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements 30a, 30b, 30c, and 30d, e.g., the rear surface 33 of the third microelectronic element 30c, such as through a thermally conductive material such as thermal adhesive, thermally conductive grease, or solder, among others.
  • the heat spreader 55 can include a plurality of fins at one or more surfaces thereof.
  • the heat spreader can include a metallic layer disposed adjacent to one or more of the microelectronic elements.
  • the metallic layer may be exposed at a rear surface of the microelectronic package.
  • the heat spreader can include an overmold or an encapsulant covering at least the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements.
  • the heat spreader can be in thermal communication with at least one of the front surface and rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements such as the microelectronic elements 30a, 30b, 30c, and 30d shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the heat spreader can extend between adjacent edges of adjacent ones of the microelectronic elements. The heat spreader can improve heat dissipation to the surrounding environment .
  • a pre-formed heat spreader made of metal or other thermally conductive material may be attached to or disposed on the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements with a thermally conductive material such as thermally conductive adhesive or thermally conductive grease.
  • the adhesive if present, can be a compliant material that permits relative movement between the heat spreader and the microelectronic element to which it is attached, for example, to accommodate differential thermal expansion between the compliantly attached elements .
  • the heat spreader may be a monolithic structure. Alternatively, the heat spreader may include multiple spreader portions spaced apart from one another.
  • the heat spreader may be or include a layer of solder joined directly to at least a portion of a rear surface of one or more of microelectronic elements such as the microelectronic elements 30a, 30b, 30c, and 30d shown in FIG. 5A.
  • the present invention enjoys wide industrial applicability including, but not limited to, microelectronic packages and methods of fabricating microelectronic packages.

Landscapes

  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Power Engineering (AREA)
  • Microelectronics & Electronic Packaging (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Computer Hardware Design (AREA)
  • Condensed Matter Physics & Semiconductors (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Human Computer Interaction (AREA)
  • General Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Semiconductor Memories (AREA)
  • Dram (AREA)
  • Semiconductor Integrated Circuits (AREA)

Abstract

A microelectronic package (10) can include a substrate (20) having first, second, and third apertures (26a, 30b, 30c) extending between first and second surfaces (21, 23) thereof, first, second, and third microelectronic elements (30a, 34b, 34c) each having a surface (31) facing the first surface, and a plurality of terminals (25a) exposed at a central region (23) of the second surface. The apertures (26a, 30b, 30c) can have first, second, and third axes (29a, 33b, 33c) extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures. The first and second axes (29a, 33b) can be parallel to one another. The third axis (29c) can be transverse to the first axis (29a). The central region (23) of the second surface (22) of the substrate (20) can be disposed between the first and second axes (29a, 33b). The terminals (25a) can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package (10) to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the microelectronic elements (30a, 34b, 34c).

Description

STUB MINIMIZATION FOR MULTI-DIE WIREBOND ASSEMBLIES
WITH ORTHOGONAL WINDOWS
CROSS-REFERENCE TO RELATED APPLICATIONS
[ 0001 ] The present application is a continuation-in-part of U.S. Patent Application Nos . 13/354, 772, filed January 20, 2012, 13/439,317, filed April 4, 2012, and 13/440,515, filed April 5, 2012, each of which claims the benefit of the filing date of U.S. Provisional Patent Application No. 61/542,553, filed October 3, 2011, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference.
BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION
[ 0002 ] The subject matter of the present application relates to microelectronic packages and assemblies incorporating microelectronic packages.
[ 0003 ] Semiconductor chips are commonly provided as individual, prepackaged units. A standard chip has a flat, rectangular body with a large front face having contacts connected to the internal circuitry of the chip. Each individual chip typically is contained in a package having external terminals connected to the contacts of the chip. In turn, the terminals, i.e., the external connection points of the package, are configured to electrically connect to a circuit panel, such as a printed circuit board. In many conventional designs, the chip package occupies an area of the circuit panel considerably larger than the area of the chip itself. As used in this disclosure with reference to a flat chip having a front face, the "area of the chip" should be understood as referring to the area of the front face.
[ 0004 ] In "flip chip" designs, the front face of the chip confronts the face of a package dielectric element, i.e., substrate of the package, and the contacts on the chip are bonded directly to contacts on the face of the substrate by solder bumps or other connecting elements. In turn, the substrate can be bonded to a circuit panel through the external terminals that overlie the substrate. The "flip- chip" design provides a relatively compact arrangement. Some flip-chip packages are commonly referred to as "chip-scale packages" in which each package occupies an area of the circuit panel equal to or slightly larger than the area of the chip's front face, such as disclosed, for example, in certain embodiments of commonly-assigned U.S. Pat. Nos . 5,148,265; 5,148,266; and 5,679,977, the disclosures of which are incorporated herein by reference . Certain innovative mounting techniques offer compactness approaching or equal to that of conventional flip-chip bonding.
[0005] Size is a significant consideration in any physical arrangement of chips. The demand for more compact physical arrangements of chips has become even more intense with the rapid progress of portable electronic devices. Merely by way of example, devices commonly referred to as "smart phones" integrate the functions of a cellular telephone with powerful data processors, memory and ancillary devices such as global positioning system receivers, electronic cameras, and local area network connections along with high-resolution displays and associated image processing chips. Such devices can provide capabilities such as full internet connectivity, entertainment including full-resolution video, navigation, electronic banking and more, all in a pocket-size device. Complex portable devices require packing numerous chips into a small space. Moreover, some of the chips have many input and output connections, commonly referred to as "I/Os." These I/Os must be interconnected with the I/Os of other chips. The components that form the interconnections should not greatly increase the size of the assembly. Similar needs arise in other applications as, for example, in data servers such as those used in internet search engines where increased performance and size reduction are needed.
[0006] Semiconductor chips containing memory storage arrays, particularly dynamic random access memory chips (DRAMs) and flash memory chips, are commonly packaged in single- or multiple-chip packages and assemblies. Each package has many electrical connections for carrying signals, power, and ground between terminals and the chips therein. The electrical connections can include different kinds of conductors such as horizontal conductors, e.g., traces, beam leads, etc., which extend in a horizontal direction relative to a contact-bearing surface of a chip, vertical conductors such as vias, which extend in a vertical direction relative to the surface of the chip, and wire bonds that extend in both horizontal and vertical directions relative to the surface of the chip.
[ 0007 ] The transmission of signals within packages to chips of multi-chip packages poses particular challenges, especially for signals common to two or more chips in the package such as clock signals, and address and strobe signals for memory chips. Within such multi-chip packages, the lengths of the connection paths between the terminals of the package and the chips can vary. The different path lengths can cause the signals to take longer or shorter times to travel between the terminals and each chip. Travel time of a signal from one point to another is called "propagation delay" and is a function of the conductor length, the conductor's structure, and other dielectric or conductive structure in close proximity therewith.
[ 0008 ] Differences in the times at which two different signals reach a particular location can also be called "skew". The skew in the arrival times of a particular signal at two or more locations is a result of both propagation delay and the times at which the particular signal starts to travel towards the locations . Skew may or may not impact circuit performance. Skew often has little impact on performance when all signals in a synchronous group of signals are skewed together, in which case all signals needed for operation arrive together when needed. However, this is not the case when different signals of a group of synchronous signals needed for operation arrive at different times. In this case the skew impacts performance because the operation cannot be performed unless all needed signals have arrived. The embodiments described herein can include features that minimize skew that are disclosed in the copending U.S. Patent Application No. 13/306,068, the disclosure of which is incorporated by reference herein.
[ 0009 ] Conventional microelectronic packages can incorporate a microelectronic element that is configured to predominantly provide memory storage array function, i.e., a microelectronic element that embodies a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function. The microelectronic element may be or include a DRAM chip, or a stacked electrically interconnected assembly of such semiconductor chips. Typically, all of the terminals of such package are placed in sets of columns adjacent to one or more peripheral edges of a package substrate to which the microelectronic element is mounted.
[ 0010 ] For example, in one conventional microelectronic package 112 seen in FIG. 1, three columns 114 of terminals can be disposed adjacent a first peripheral edge 116 of the package substrate 120 and three other columns 118 of terminals can be disposed adjacent a second peripheral edge 122 of the package substrate 120. A central region 124 of the package substrate 120 in the conventional package does not have any columns of terminals. FIG. 1 further shows a semiconductor chip 111 within the package having element contacts 126 on a face 128 thereof that are electrically interconnected with the columns 114, 118 of terminals of the package 112 through wire bonds 130 extending through an aperture, e.g., bond window, in the central region 124 of the package substrate 120. In some cases, an adhesive layer 132 may be disposed between the face 128 of the microelectronic element 111 and the substrate 120 to reinforce the mechanical connection between the microelectronic element and the substrate, with the wire bonds 130 extending through an opening in the adhesive layer.
[ 0011 ] In light of the foregoing, certain improvements in the positioning of terminals on microelectronic packages can be made in order to improve electrical performance, particularly in assemblies that include such packages and a circuit panel to which such packages can be mounted and electrically interconnected with one another.
BRIEF SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION
[ 0012 ] In accordance with an aspect of the invention, a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals. The apertures can have first, second, and third axes extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures. The first and second axes can be parallel to one another. The third axis can be transverse to the first and second axes. The central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between the first and second axes. Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function. The terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures. The terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
[ 0013 ] In one embodiment, each of the microelectronic elements can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function. In a particular example, the terminals can be configured to carry all of the address information usable by the circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine the addressable memory location. In an exemplary embodiment, the terminals can be configured to carry information that controls an operating mode of the microelectronic elements . In one example, the terminals can be configured to carry all of the command signals transferred to the microelectronic package, the command signals being write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals. In a particular embodiment, the terminals can be configured to carry clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package, the clock signals being clocks used for sampling the address information. In an exemplary embodiment, the terminals can be configured to carry all of the bank address signals transferred to the microelectronic package. In a particular embodiment, the substrate can be an element consisting essentially of a material having a CTE in a plane of the substrate less than 12 ppm/°C. In one embodiment, the substrate can include a dielectric element consisting essentially of a material having a CTE in a plane of the substrate less than 30 ppm/°C.
[ 0014 ] In a particular example, the terminals can be first terminals and the second surface can have peripheral regions between the central region and first and second opposed edges extending between the first and second surfaces of the substrate. The microelectronic package can also include a plurality of second terminals, at least some of the second terminals being exposed at the second surface in at least one of the peripheral regions. The second terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the microelectronic package. In one example, at least some of the second terminals can be configured to carry information other than the address information. In an exemplary embodiment, at least some of the second terminals that are configured to carry information other than the address information can be exposed at the second surface in the central region.
[ 0015 ] In one embodiment, at least some of the leads can include wire bonds extending through at least one of the apertures. In a particular embodiment, all of the leads can be wire bonds extending through at least one of the apertures. In an exemplary embodiment, at least some of the leads can include lead bonds. In one example, each of the microelectronic elements ' memory storage array function can be implemented in NAND flash, resistive RAM, phase-change memory, magnetic RAM, static RAM, dynamic RAM, spin-torque RAM, or content-addressable memory technology. In a particular example, each of the microelectronic elements can include a dynamic random access memory ("DRAM") integrated circuit chip. In a one example, each of the microelectronic elements is functionally and mechanically equivalent to the other ones of the microelectronic elements. In a particular embodiment, the microelectronic package can also include a semiconductor element electrically connected to at least some of the terminals and one or more of the microelectronic elements in the microelectronic package. The semiconductor element can be configured to at least one of : regenerate or at least partially decode at least one signal received at one or more of the terminals of the microelectronic package. In an exemplary embodiment, the terminals may be arranged in no more than four columns. In one example, the terminals may be arranged in no more than two columns .
[ 0016 ] In a particular example, the columns can be parallel to the first axis. In an exemplary embodiment, the microelectronic package can also include a heat spreader in thermal communication with at least one of the microelectronic elements. In one example, the terminals can include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite from the first side. Each of the first and second sets can be configured to carry the address information. The signal assignments of the terminals in the first set can be a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set. In one embodiment, the terminals of the first and second sets can be disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids can extend in a direction parallel to first and second opposed edges of the substrate.
[ 0017 ] In an exemplary embodiment, the intermediate axis may be not more than a distance of three and one-half times a minimum pitch between any two adjacent columns of the terminals from a line parallel to and equidistant from the first and second edges of the substrate. In a particular embodiment, the intermediate axis may be not more than a distance of a minimum pitch between any two adjacent columns of the terminals of a line parallel to and equidistant from the first and second edges of the substrate. In one embodiment, each grid can include two adjacent parallel columns of the terminals. In one example, the terminals of the first and second sets can be disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids can extend in a direction parallel to the first and second axes. In a particular embodiment, the surfaces of the first and second microelectronic elements can be arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate . The surface of the third microelectronic element can at least partially overlie a rear surface of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements.
[ 0018 ] In one example, the surfaces of all of the microelectronic elements can be arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate. In an exemplary embodiment, the substrate can have a fourth aperture having a fourth axis transverse to the first and second axes and extending in a direction of the length of the fourth aperture. The microelectronic package can also include a fourth microelectronic element having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate. The fourth microelectronic element can have memory storage array function. The fourth microelectronic element can have a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface thereof and aligned with at least one of the apertures. The microelectronic package can also include second leads electrically connected between the contacts of the fourth microelectronic element and the terminals . Each of the second leads can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
[ 0019 ] In an exemplary embodiment, each of the first, second, third, and fourth microelectronic elements can have first and second opposed edges extending in a direction of the length of the respective microelectronic element. Each of the first edges can have portions adjacent to a centroid of the package. Each of the first edges can define a plane that extends through exactly one of the other ones of the microelectronic elements. In a particular example, the axis of each of the first, second, third, and fourth apertures can extend through exactly one of the other ones of the apertures. In one example, each of the first, second, third, and fourth axes can extend through exactly two of the other ones of the axes .
[ 0020 ] In accordance with another aspect of the invention, a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals. The apertures can have first, second, and third axes extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures. The first and second axes can be parallel to one another. The third axis can be transverse to the first and second axes. The central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between the first and second axes.
[ 0021 ] Each microelectronic element can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function. The terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures. The terminals can be configured to carry a majority of the address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements. In a particular example, the terminals can be configured to carry at least three-quarters of the address information usable by the circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine the addressable memory location.
[ 0022 ] In accordance with another aspect of the invention, a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals. The substrate can also have a first axis extending in a direction of the lengths of the first and second apertures. The third aperture can have a second axis transverse to the first axis and extending in a direction of the length of the third aperture.
[ 0023 ] The central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between first and second parallel lines disposed at adjacent ends of the respective first and second apertures . Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function. The terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures. The terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
[ 0024 ] In one example, each of the microelectronic elements can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function. In a particular embodiment, the terminals can include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite form the first side. Each of the first and second sets can be configured to carry the address information. The signal assignments of the terminals in the first set can be a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set. In an exemplary embodiment, the terminals of the first and second sets can be disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids can extend in a direction parallel to first and second opposed edges of the substrate.
[ 0025 ] In one example, the substrate can have a fourth aperture and the second axis can extend in a direction of the length of the fourth aperture. The microelectronic package can also include a fourth microelectronic element having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate. The fourth microelectronic element can have memory storage array function. The fourth microelectronic element can have a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface thereof and aligned with at least one of the apertures. The microelectronic package can also include second leads electrically connected between the contacts of the fourth microelectronic element and the terminals. Each of the second leads can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures. In an exemplary embodiment, the central region can be disposed within a rectangular area of the substrate not extending beyond the adjacent ends of the first, second, third, and fourth apertures.
[ 0026 ] In accordance with yet another aspect of the invention, a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first and second apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first and second microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals. The apertures can have first and second respective transverse axes extending in directions of the lengths of the apertures. The central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed adjacent the first aperture. Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function. The terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package .
[ 0027 ] The terminals can include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite from the first side. Each of the first and second sets can be configured to carry the address information. The signal assignments of the terminals in the first set can be a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set. The first aperture can be at least partially disposed between the first and second sets of terminals. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures. The terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements. In one example, each of the microelectronic elements can embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
[ 0028 ] In accordance with still another aspect of the invention, a microelectronic package can include a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first and second apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, first and second microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in a central region thereof, and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals. The first aperture can have an axis extending in a first direction of a length of the first aperture. The second aperture can have a length extending in a second direction transverse to the first direction. The second aperture can have an end adjacent to the first aperture .
[ 0029 ] The central region of the second surface of the substrate can be disposed between the axis and a line parallel to the axis which is tangent to the end of the second aperture. Each microelectronic element can have memory storage array function. The terminals can be configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package. Each lead can have a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures. The terminals can be configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements. In one example, each of the microelectronic elements cab embody a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function .
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS
[ 0030 ] FIG. 1 is a side sectional view of a prior art microelectronic package.
[ 0031 ] FIG. 2 is a diagrammatic perspective view of a microelectronic assembly showing electrical connections between terminals of the microelectronic packages .
[ 0032 ] FIG. 3 is a side sectional view of the microelectronic assembly of FIG. 2.
[ 0033 ] FIG. 4 diagrammatic bottom plan view of the electrical connections between terminals of the microelectronic packages of FIG. 3.
[ 0034 ] FIG. 5A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to an embodiment of the present invention.
[ 0035 ] FIG. 5B is a side sectional view of the microelectronic assembly of FIG. 5A, taken along the line A-A of FIG. 5A.
[ 0036 ] FIG. 5C is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of one of the microelectronic elements shown in FIG. 5A.
[ 0037 ] FIG. 5D is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of an alternate embodiment of one of the microelectronic elements shown in FIG. 5A. [ 0038 ] FIG. 5E is one possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 5A, taken along the line A-A of FIG. 5A.
[ 0039 ] FIG. 5F is another possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 5A, taken along the line A-A of FIG. 5A.
[ 0040 ] FIG. 5G is a possible diagrammatic perspective view of the microelectronic assembly of FIG. 5E showing electrical connections between terminals of the microelectronic packages .
[ 0041 ] FIG. 6A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having a single grid of first terminals arranged in a single column.
[ 0042 ] FIG. 6B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 6A, taken along the line 6B-6B of FIG. 6A.
[ 0043 ] FIG. 7A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to yet another embodiment having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
[ 0044 ] FIG. 7B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 7A, taken along the line 7B-7B of FIG. 7A.
[ 0045 ] FIG. 7C is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 7A having an alternate layout of the terminal signal assignments.
[ 0046 ] FIG. 8 is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having four grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
[ 0047 ] FIG. 9A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to still another embodiment having three microelectronic elements . [0048] FIG. 9B is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having two microelectronic elements.
[0049] FIG. 9C is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly as shown in FIG. 9A or 9B, taken along the line 9C-9C of FIG. 9A or 9B.
[0050] FIG. 10A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having four microelectronic elements in a pinwheel configuration.
[0051] FIG. 10B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 10A, taken along the line 10B-10B of FIG. 10A.
[0052] FIG. IOC is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having a single grid of first terminals arranged in three columns .
[0053] FIG. 10D is another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having an alternate layout of the microelectronic elements.
[0054] FIG. 11A is yet another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns.
[0055] FIG. 11B is a possible side sectional view of a microelectronic assembly including two microelectronic packages as shown in FIG. 11A, taken along the line 11B-11B of FIG. 11A.
[0056] FIG. llC is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 11A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in three columns .
[0057] FIG. 11D is another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 11A having an alternate layout of the microelectronic elements.
[0058] FIG. HE is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. HA having an alternate layout of the terminal signal assignments. [0059] FIG. 12 is another variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 10A having an alternate layout of the microelectronic elements.
[0060] FIG. 13A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having four microelectronic elements in another configuration.
[0061] FIG. 13B is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 13A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
[0062] FIG. 14A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to yet another embodiment having four microelectronic elements in another configuration.
[0063] FIG. 14B is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 14A having two grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
[0064] FIG. 14C is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 14B having four grids of first terminals, each grid arranged in two columns .
[0065] FIG. 15A is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to still another embodiment having three microelectronic elements oriented in a single plane .
[0066] FIG. 15B is a diagrammatic bottom plan view of a microelectronic package according to another embodiment having two microelectronic elements oriented in a single plane.
[0067] FIG. 15C is a variation of the microelectronic package of FIG. 15B having a single grid of first terminals arranged in two columns .
[0068] FIG. 16 is a schematic sectional view illustrating a system according to an embodiment of the invention.
[0069] FIG. 17 is a schematic sectional view illustrating a system according to an embodiment of the invention.
DETAILED DESCRIPTION
[0070] In view of the illustrative conventional microelectronic package 112 described relative to FIG. 1, the inventors have recognized improvements which can be made that may help improve the electrical performance of a microelectronic package incorporating a memory storage array chip, and a microelectronic assembly that incorporates such microelectronic package.
[ 0071 ] Improvements can be made particularly for use of a microelectronic package when provided in an assembly such as shown in FIGS. 2-4, in which a package 112A is mounted to a surface of a circuit panel with another like package 112B mounted opposite thereto on an opposite surface of the circuit panel. The packages 112A, 112B typically are functionally and mechanically equivalent to one another. Other pairs 112C and 112D; and 112E and 112F, of functionally and mechanically equivalent packages typically are also mounted to the same circuit panel 134. The circuit panel and the packages assembled thereto may form a portion of an assembly commonly referred to as a dual in-line memory module ("DIMM") . The packages in each oppositely mounted pair of packages, e.g., packages 112A, 112B, connect to contacts on opposite surfaces of the circuit panel so that the packages in each pair overlie one another typically by more than 90% of their respective areas. Local wiring within the circuit panel 134 connects terminals, e.g., the terminals labeled "1" and "5" on each package to global wiring on the circuit panel . The global wiring includes the signal conductors of a bus 136 used to conduct some signals to connection sites on the circuit panel 134 such as sites I, II and III. For example, the packages 112A, 112B are electrically connected to the bus 136 by local wiring coupled to a connection site I, the packages 112C, 112D are electrically connected to the bus by local wiring coupled to connection site II, and the packages 112E, 112F are electrically connected to the bus by local wiring coupled to connection site III.
[ 0072 ] The circuit panel 134 electrically interconnects the terminals of the respective packages 112A, 112B using local interconnect wiring that appears similar to a crisscross or "shoelace" pattern in which a terminal labeled "1" near one edge 116 of package 112A connects through the circuit panel 134 to a terminal labeled "1" of package 112B near the same edge 116 of package 112B. However, the edge 116 of the package 112B as assembled to the circuit panel 134 is far from the edge 116 of the package 112A. FIGS. 2-4 further show that a terminal labeled "5" near an edge 122 of the package 112A is connected through the circuit panel 134 to a terminal labeled "5" of the package 112B near the same edge 122 of the package 112B. In the assembly 138, the edge 122 of the package 112A is far from the edge 122 of the package 112B.
[ 0073 ] Connections through the circuit panel between terminals on each package, e.g., the package 112A, to the corresponding terminals on the package mounted opposite thereto, i.e., the package 112B, are fairly long. As further seen in FIG. 3, in such assembly of like microelectronic packages 112A, 121B, the circuit panel 134 may electrically interconnect a signal conductor of the bus 136 with the terminal of the package 112A marked "1" and the corresponding terminal of the package 112B marked "1", when the same signal from the bus is to be transmitted to each package. Similarly, the circuit panel 134 may electrically interconnect another signal conductor of the bus 136 with the terminal of the package 112A marked "2" and the corresponding terminal of the package 112B marked "2". The same connection arrangement may also apply to other signal conductors of the bus and corresponding terminals of each package.
[ 0074 ] Local wiring between the bus 136 on the circuit panel 134 and each package of the respective pair of packages, e.g., the packages 112A, 112B (FIG. 2) at a connection site I of the board can be in form of unterminated stubs . Such local wiring, when relatively long, may in some cases impact the performance of the assembly 138 as discussed below. Moreover, the circuit panel 134 also requires local wiring to electrically interconnect certain terminals of other packages: the pair of packages 112C and 112D and the pair of packages 112E and 112F to the global wiring of the bus 136, and such wiring can also impact the performance of the assembly in the same way.
[0075] FIG. 4 further illustrates the interconnection between the microelectronic packages 112A, 112B of respective pairs of terminals assigned to carry signals "1", "2", "3", "4", "5", "6", "7", and "8". As seen in FIG. 4, all of the columns 114, 118 of terminals are exposed near the edges 116, 122, respectively, of each package 112A, 112B, rather than in a central region 124 of the surface of the substrate, the wiring needed to traverse the circuit panel 134 in a direction 140 transverse to the direction 142 in which the columns 114, 118 of terminals extend can be quite long. In recognition that the length of a DRAM chip can be in the range of ten millimeters on each side, the length of the local wiring in a circuit panel 134 in an assembly 138 seen in FIGS. 2-4 required for some signals to route the same signal to the corresponding terminals of two oppositely mounted packages 112A, 112B can range between five and ten millimeters and may typically be about seven millimeters.
[0076] In some cases, relatively long unterminated wiring on a circuit panel that connects the terminals of a package may not severely impact the electrical performance of the assembly 138. However, when a signal is transferred from a bus 136 of the circuit panel to each of multiple pairs of packages connected to the circuit panel as shown in FIG. 2, the inventors recognize that the electrical lengths of the stubs, i.e., the local wiring, that extend from the bus 136 to the terminal connected thereto on each package potentially impacts the performance of the assembly 138. Signal reflections on the unterminated stubs can travel in the reverse direction from the connected terminals of each package back onto the bus 136, and thus degrade the signals being transferred from the bus to the packages. The impacts may be tolerable for some packages containing microelectronic elements of current manufacture. However, in present or future assemblies that operate with increased signal switching frequencies, low voltage swing signals, or both, the inventors recognize that the impacts can become severe. For these assemblies, settling time, ringing, jitter, or intersymbol interference of a transmitted signal may increase to an unacceptable degree.
[ 0077 ] The inventors further recognize that the electrical lengths of the unterminated stubs are usually longer than the local wiring that connects the bus 136 on the circuit panel with the terminals of the packages mounted thereto. Unterminated wiring within each package from the package terminals to the semiconductor chip therein adds to the lengths of the stubs .
[ 0078 ] In a specific example, the bus 136 is a command- address bus of an assembly having a predominant memory storage array function such as a DIMM. The command-address bus 136 can be configured to carry address information transferred to the microelectronic packages that is usable by circuitry within the packages, e.g., row address and column address decoders, and bank selection circuitry, if present, to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array within a microelectronic element in the microelectronic packages. The command-address bus 136 can be configured to carry the above-noted address information to connection sites, e.g., sites I, II, and III shown in FIG. 2. This above-noted address information can then be distributed by local wiring to respective sets of panel contacts on opposite surfaces of the circuit panel, to which packages 112A, 112B, 112C, 112D, 112E, and 112F are connected.
[ 0079 ] In a particular example, when the microelectronic element is or includes a DRAM chip, the command-address bus 136 can be configured to carry all of a group of signals of a command-address bus of the microelectronic element, i.e., command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals that are transferred to the microelectronic packages, wherein the command signals include write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals, and the clock signals are clocks used for sampling the address signals. While the clock signals can be of various types, in one embodiment, the clock signals carried by these terminals can be one or more pairs of differential clock signals received as differential or true and complement clock signals .
[ 0080 ] Accordingly, certain embodiments of the invention described herein provide a microelectronic package configured so as to permit the lengths of stubs to be reduced when first and second such packages are mounted opposite one another on opposite surfaces of a circuit panel, e.g., a circuit board, module board or card, or flexible circuit panel. Assemblies that incorporate first and second microelectronic packages mounted opposite one another on a circuit panel can have significantly reduced stub lengths between the respective packages. The reductions in the lengths of these electrical connections can reduce stub lengths in the circuit panel and the assembly, which can help improve the electrical performance, such as reducing settling time, ringing, jitter, or intersymbol interference, among others, for the above-noted signals which are carried by the first terminals and which are transferred to microelectronic elements in both the first and second packages. Moreover, it may be possible to obtain other benefits as well, such as simplifying the structure of the circuit panel or reducing the complexity and cost of designing or manufacturing the circuit panel.
[ 0081 ] Certain embodiments of the invention provide a package or microelectronic assembly in which a microelectronic element, e.g., a semiconductor chip, or stacked arrangement of semiconductor chips, is configured to predominantly provide a memory storage array function . In such microelectronic element, the number of active devices, e.g., transistors, therein that are configured, i.e., constructed and interconnected with other devices, to provide the memory storage array function, is greater than the number of active devices that are configured to provide any other function. Thus, in one example, a microelectronic element such as a DRAM chip may have memory storage array function as its primary or sole function. Alternatively, in another example, such microelectronic element may have mixed use and may incorporate active devices configured to provide memory storage array function, and may also incorporate other active devices configured to provide another function such as processor function, or signal processor or graphics processor function, among others. In this case, the microelectronic element may still have a greater number of active devices configured to provide the memory storage array function than any other function of the microelectronic element.
[ 0082 ] In one embodiment, terminals of the package can include first terminals that are disposed at a central region of the second surface of a substrate or dielectric layer that faces away from the microelectronic assembly, the central region being disposed between peripheral regions adjacent to first and second peripheral edges of the substrate or dielectric layer. The central region may be such that it is not wider than three and one-half times a minimum pitch between adjacent ones of parallel columns of the terminals.
[ 0083 ] In certain embodiments of the invention, the first terminals in the central region are configured to carry all of a group of signals of a command-address bus of the microelectronic element; i.e., command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals that are transferred to the microelectronic package, wherein the command signals include write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals, and the clock signals are clocks used for sampling the address signals. While the clock signals can be of various types, in one embodiment, the clock signals carried by these terminals can be one or more pairs of differential clock signals received as differential or true and complement clock signals. [0084] On a circuit panel, e.g., a printed circuit board, module card, etc., these above-noted signals of the command- address bus: i.e., command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals, can be bussed to multiple microelectronic packages that are connected thereto in parallel, particularly to first and second microelectronic packages mounted to opposite surfaces of the circuit panel. For certain embodiments herein, by placing terminals that carry command-address bus signals in the central region of the package surface, rather than in peripheral regions near the edges of the microelectronic package, it is possible to reduce the lengths of stubs used to carry signals from the command- address bus 136 (FIG. 2) on the circuit panel to the individual connection sites on the surfaces of the circuit panel where the microelectronic packages are electrically connected. The reductions in the lengths of these electrical connections can reduce stub lengths in the circuit panel and the assembly, which can help improve the electrical performance, such as reducing settling time, ringing, jitter, or intersymbol interference, among others, for the above-noted signals that are carried by the first terminals and that are transferred to microelectronic elements in both the first and second packages. Moreover, it may be possible to obtain other benefits as well, such as simplifying the structure of the circuit panel or reducing the complexity and cost of designing or manufacturing the circuit panel.
[0085] In some embodiments, the microelectronic package may have no more than four columns of terminals in the central region configured to carry all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals as described above. In certain embodiments, there may be only two columns of such terminals. In other embodiments there may only be one column of such terminals.
[0086] Moreover, it may be possible to reduce the number of routing layers of wiring on the circuit panel required to route the signals from the above-noted signals carried by the first terminals, e.g., command-address bus signals, between connection sites where respective pairs of microelectronic packages are connected. Specifically, the number of routing layers required to route such signals along the circuit panel may in some cases be reduced to four or fewer routing layers . In a particular example, the number of routing layers required to route such signals along the circuit panel may in some cases be reduced to four, two, or one routing layers. However, on the circuit panel, there may be a greater number of routing layers that carry other signals than the number of routing layers that carry the above-noted address or command- address bus signals.
[ 0087 ] The microelectronic package may also have second terminals other than the first terminals, such terminals typically being configured to carry signals other than the above-noted command-address bus signal terminals. In one embodiment, such second terminals can be disposed in one or more of the peripheral regions and can be configured to carry data signals. For example, the second terminals can include terminals used for carrying uni-directional or bi-directional data signals to and/or from the microelectronic element, and data strobe signals, as well as data masks and ODT or "on die termination" signals used to turn on or off parallel terminations to termination resistors. Signals or reference potentials such as chip select, reset, power supply voltages, e.g., Vdd, Vddq, and ground, e.g., Vss and Vssq, can be carried by the second terminals; none of the signals or reference potentials needs to be carried by the first terminals. In some embodiments, it is possible for some or all terminals configured to carry signals other than the above-noted address or command-address bus signals to be disposed as second terminals in whichever locations on the package they can be placed.
[ 0088 ] Embodiments of the invention herein provide packages that have more than one semiconductor chip, i.e., a microelectronic element therein. A multiple chip package can reduce the amount of area or space required to connect the chips therein to a circuit panel, e.g., printed wiring board to which the package may be electrically and mechanically connected through an array of terminals, such as a ball grid array, land grid array or pin grid array, among others . Such connection space is particularly limited in small or portable computing devices, e.g., handheld devices such as " smartphones " or tablets that typically combine the function of personal computers with wireless connectivity to the broader world. Multi-chip packages can be particularly useful for making large amounts of relatively inexpensive memory available to a system, such as advanced high performance dynamic random access memory ("DRAM") chips, e.g., in DDR3 type DRAM chips and its follow-ons.
[0089] The amount of area of the circuit panel needed to connect the multi-chip package thereto can be reduced by providing common terminals on the package through which at least some signals travel on their way to or from two or more chips within the package. However, doing so in a way that supports high performance operation presents challenges . To avoid undesirable effects such as undesirable reflections of the signal due to unterminated stubs, the traces, vias, and other conductors on a circuit panel that electrically connect the terminals at the exterior of the package with the global wiring on the circuit panel such as the bus 136 (FIG. 2) must not be too long. Heat dissipation also presents a challenge for advanced chips, such that it is desirable for at least one of the large flat surfaces of each chip to be coupled to a heat spreader or be exposed to or in thermal communication with a flow or air within an installed system. The packages described below can help to further these goals.
[0090] Embodiments of the invention herein can provide ways of reducing stub lengths of signals on the assemblies. Thus, corresponding contacts of multiple chips within the package can be electrically connected with a single common terminal of the package that is configured for connection with a component external to the package, e.g., a circuit panel such as printed circuit board, external microelectronic element, or other component, and a plurality of such microelectronic packages can be mounted to opposite surfaces of a circuit panel.
[ 0091 ] For example, the electrical lengths of stubs on a circuit panel 60 (FIG. 5E) that electrically connect a first terminal 25a of the first column of a first microelectronic package 10a with the corresponding first terminal of the first column of a second microelectronic package 10b can be less than seven times a minimum pitch of the first terminals on each package: for example, less than seven times the pitch between adjacent columns of first terminals. Stated another way, the total combined length of the conductive elements connecting a pair of electrically coupled first and second panel contacts 65a, 65b exposed at the first and second surfaces of the circuit panel 60 to the corresponding signal conductor of the command-address bus on the circuit panel can be less than seven times a smallest pitch of the panel contacts. In yet another example, the electrical length of the connection between a first terminal 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a with the corresponding first terminal on the second microelectronic package 10b may be approximately the same as a thickness of the circuit panel 60 between first and second surfaces 61, 62.
[ 0092 ] FIGS. 5A and 5B illustrate a particular type of microelectronic package 10 configured so as to permit the lengths of stubs to be reduced when first and second such packages are mounted opposite one another on opposite surfaces of a circuit panel, e.g., a circuit board, module board or card, or flexible circuit panel. As seen in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the microelectronic package 10 can include packaging structure, for example, a substrate 20 having first and second opposed surfaces 21 and 22. The first and second surfaces 21, 22 face in opposite directions, and thus, are opposed relative to one another, and are "opposed surfaces." [0093] In FIG. 5A and in all of the other diagrammatic bottom plan views of microelectronic packages described herein, the substrate 20 and the terminal grids are shown as transparent. This is done so that the relative positions of the microelectronic elements can be seen from a bottom view more clearly, while still showing of the location of the substrate and terminal grids relative to the microelectronic elements in x-y directions parallel to a plane of the substrate .
[0094] In some cases, the substrate 20 can consist essentially of a material having a low coefficient of thermal expansion ("CTE") in a plane of the substrate (in a direction parallel to the first surface 21 of the substrate), i.e., a CTE of less than 12 parts per million per degree Celsius (hereinafter, "ppm/°C" ) , such as a semiconductor material e.g., silicon, or a dielectric material such as ceramic material or silicon dioxide, e.g., glass. Alternatively, the substrate 20 may include a sheet-like substrate that can consist essentially of a polymeric material such as polyimide, epoxy, thermoplastic, thermoset plastic, or other suitable polymeric material or that includes or consists essentially of composite polymeric-inorganic material such as a glass reinforced structure of BT resin (bismaleimide triazine) or epoxy-glass, such as FR-4, among others. In one example, such a substrate 20 can consist essentially of a material having a CTE of less than 30 ppm/°C in the plane of the substrate, i.e., in a direction along its surface.
[0095] In FIGS. 5A and 5B, the directions parallel to the first surface 21 of the substrate 20 are referred to herein as "horizontal" or "lateral" directions, whereas the directions perpendicular to the first surface are referred to herein as upward or downward directions and are also referred to herein as the "vertical" directions. The directions referred to herein are in the frame of reference of the structures referred to. Thus, these directions may lie at any orientation to the normal "up" or "down" directions in a gravitational frame of reference.
[ 0096 ] A statement that one feature is disposed at a greater height "above a surface" than another feature means that the one feature is at a greater distance in the same orthogonal direction away from the surface than the other feature. Conversely, a statement that one feature is disposed at a lesser height "above a surface" than another feature means that the one feature is at a smaller distance in the same orthogonal direction away from the surface than the other feature .
[ 0097 ] At least one aperture 26 can extend between the first and second surfaces 21, 22 of the substrate 20. As can be seen in FIG. 5A, the substrate 20 can have four apertures 26 extending therethrough. The longest dimensions of first and second apertures 26a and 26b of the apertures 26 can define first and second axes 29a and 29b (collectively axes 29) . In the example shown in FIG. 5A, the first and second axes 29a and 29b can be parallel to one another. The first and second axes 29a and 29b can define a central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 located between the axes 29a and 29b. Peripheral regions 28 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 can lie outside of the central region 23. Such peripheral regions 28 can extend between the central region 23 and first and second opposed edges 27a and 27b of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
[ 0098 ] The longest dimensions of third and fourth apertures 26c and 26d of the apertures 26 can define third and fourth axes 29c and 29d that are transverse (i.e., crosswise) to the first and second axes 29a and 29b. The third and fourth axes 29c and 29d can be parallel to one another. In one example, the third and fourth axes 29c, 29d can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 29a, 29b. In a particular embodiment, the third and fourth axes 29c and 29d can provide boundaries of the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20, such that peripheral regions 28' of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 can lie between opposed edges of the substrate and the third and fourth axes.
[ 0099 ] The substrate 20 can have a plurality of terminals 25, e.g., conductive pads, lands, or conductive posts exposed at a surface of the substrate. As can be seen in FIG. 5B, such terminals 25 can be exposed at the second surface 22 of the substrate 20. The terminals 25 can function as endpoints for the connection of the microelectronic package 10 with corresponding electrically conductive elements of an external component such as a circuit panel, e.g., printed wiring board, flexible circuit panel, socket, other microelectronic assembly or package, interposer, or passive component assembly, among others (e.g., the circuit panel shown in FIGS. 5E and 5F) . In one example, such a circuit panel can be a motherboard of DIMM module board.
[ 0100 ] The microelectronic package 10 can include joining units 11 attached to the terminals 25 for connection with an external component. The joining units 11 can be, for example, masses of a bond metal such as solder, tin, indium, a eutectic composition or combination thereof, or another joining material such as a conductive paste or a conductive adhesive. In a particular embodiment, the joints between the terminals 25 and contacts of an external component (e.g., the circuit panel 60 shown in FIG. 5E) can include an electrically conductive matrix material such as described in commonly owned United States Patent Application Nos. 13/155,719 and 13/158,797, the disclosures of which are hereby incorporated herein by reference. In a particular embodiment, the joints can have a similar structure or be formed in a manner as described therein.
[ 0101 ] As used in this disclosure, a statement that an electrically conductive element is "exposed at" a surface of a structure indicates that the electrically conductive element is available for contact with a theoretical point moving in a direction perpendicular to the surface toward the surface from outside the structure. Thus, a terminal or other conductive element which is exposed at a surface of a structure can project from such surface; can be flush with such surface; or can be recessed relative to such surface and exposed through a hole or depression in the structure.
[ 0102 ] The terminals 25 can include first terminals 25a exposed at the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 and second terminals 25b exposed at at least one of the peripheral regions 28 of the second surface. In certain embodiments of the invention, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry certain signals of the command- address bus, that is, specifically all of a set of address signals of the microelectronic elements 30 (described below) configured to provide dynamic memory storage function in a microelectronic package 10.
[ 0103 ] For example, when the microelectronic elements 30 include or are DRAM semiconductor chips, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry sufficient address information transferred to the microelectronic package 10 that is usable by circuitry within the package, e.g., row address and column address decoders, and bank selection circuitry, if present, to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array within a microelectronic element in the package. In a particular embodiment, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry all the address information used by such circuitry within the microelectronic package 10 to determine an addressable memory location within such memory storage array .
[ 0104 ] In a variation of such embodiment, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry a majority of the address information that is used by such circuitry within the microelectronic package 10 to determine an addressable memory location within such memory storage array, and then other terminals such as at least some of the above-referenced second terminals 25b on the microelectronic package would then be configured to carry the remaining part of the address information. In such variation, in a particular embodiment, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry three- quarters or more of the address information that is used by such circuitry within the microelectronic package 10 to determine an addressable memory location within such memory storage array.
[ 0105 ] In a particular embodiment, the first terminals 25a may not be configured to carry chip select information, e.g., information usable to select a particular chip within the microelectronic package 10 for access to a memory storage location within the chip. In another embodiment, at least one of the first terminals 25a may indeed carry chip select information .
[ 0106 ] Typically, when the microelectronic elements 30 in the microelectronic package 10 include DRAM chips, the address signals in one embodiment can include all address signals that are transferred to the package from a component external to the package, e.g., a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 described below, that are used for determining a random access addressable memory location within the microelectronic package for read access thereto, or for either read or write access thereto.
[ 0107 ] At least some of the second terminals 25b can be configured to carry signals other than the address signals that are carried by the first terminals 25a. Signals or reference potentials such as chip select, reset, power supply voltages, e.g., Vdd, Vddq, and ground, e.g., Vss and Vssq, can be carried by the second terminals 25b; none of these signals or reference potentials needs to be carried by the first terminals 25a in any of the embodiments referred to herein, unless otherwise noted.
[ 0108 ] In a particular embodiment, each of the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry information that controls an operating mode of at least one of the microelectronic elements 30. More specifically, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry all of a particular set of command signals and/or clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package 10. In such an embodiment, the first terminals 25a can be configured to carry all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package 10 from an external component, wherein the command signals include row address strobe, column address strobe and write enable.
[ 0109 ] In an embodiment in which one or more of the microelectronic elements are configured to provide dynamic memory storage array function, such as provided by a dynamic random access memory ("DRAM") semiconductor chip, or an assembly of DRAM chips, the command signals are write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals. Other signals such as ODT (on die termination), chip select, clock enable, are not part of the command signals that need to be carried by the first terminals 25a. The clock signals can be clocks used by one or more of the microelectronic elements for sampling the address signals. For example, as seen in FIG. 5A, the first terminals 25a can include clock signals CK and CKB, row address strobe RAS, column address strobe CAS and write enable signals WE, as well as address signals AO through A15 inclusive, and bank address signals BAO, BA1 and BA2.
[ 0110 ] In this embodiment, at least some of the second terminals 25b can be configured to carry signals other than the command signals, address signals, and clock signals that are carried by the first terminals 25a. Signals or reference potentials such as chip select, reset, power supply voltages, e.g., Vdd, Vddq, and ground, e.g., Vss and Vssq, can be carried by the second terminals 25b; none of these signals or reference potentials needs to be carried by the first terminals 25a in any of the embodiments referred to herein, unless otherwise noted.
[ 0111 ] In another embodiment, when one or more of the microelectronic elements are configured to provide memory storage array function implemented in a technology other than for DRAM, such as NAND flash memory, for example, the particular command signals that need to be carried by the first terminals 25a can be a different set of signals other than the group of write enable, address strobe, and column address strobe signals that need to be carried in the DRAM case .
[ 0112 ] In a particular example, such as the example shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the second terminals 25b can be disposed in at least one column in each of the peripheral regions 28. Additional second terminals 25b can be disposed in at least one column in each of the peripheral regions 28' . In one embodiment, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the address signals can be exposed in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20. In one example, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the command signals, address signals, and clock signals can be exposed in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20.
[ 0113 ] Although particular configurations of second terminals are shown in the figures, such as the second terminals 25b shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the particular configurations shown are for illustrative purposes and are not meant to be limiting. For example, the second terminals 25b can also include terminals that are configured to be connected to power or ground signals. Although the second terminals 25b are shown arranged in four grids of two columns each, the second terminals 25b in each grid can be arranged in three columns, for example, wherein the third column that is not shown contains some second terminals that are configured to be connected to power or ground.
[ 0114 ] The substrate 20 can further optionally include a dielectric layer 12 overlying the first and/or second surfaces 21, 22. As shown in FIG. 5B, a dielectric layer 12 can overlie the second surface 22 of the substrate. Such a dielectric layer 12 can electrically insulate conductive elements such as the conductive elements 24 and the terminals 25 from the substrate 20, if such electrical insulation is needed. This dielectric layer 12 can be referred to as a "passivation layer" of the substrate 20. The dielectric layer 12 can include an inorganic or organic dielectric material or both. The dielectric layer 12 may include an electrodeposited conformal coating or other dielectric material, for example, a photoimageable polymeric material, for example, a solder mask material. In a particular example, the dielectric layer 12 can be a layer of compliant material such as an elastomeric material having a structure and function similar to that described in U.S. Patent No. 5,679,977, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated herein by reference.
[ 0115 ] In the embodiments described herein, a dielectric layer 12 overlying the first or second surface 21 or 22 of the substrate 20 can have a thickness that is substantially less than a thickness of the substrate, such that the substrate can have an effective CTE that is approximately equal to the CTE of the material of the substrate, even if the CTE of the dielectric layer is substantially higher than the CTE of the substrate material. In one example, the substrate 20 can have an effective CTE less than 12 ppm/°C.
[ 0116 ] The microelectronic package 10 can also include a plurality of microelectronic elements 30 each having a front surface 31 facing the first surface 21 of the substrate 20. In one example, one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 can be bare chips or microelectronic units each having a memory storage array function. However, in a particular example, one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 can incorporate a memory storage element such as a dynamic random access memory ("DRAM") storage array or can be configured to predominantly function as a DRAM storage array (e.g., a DRAM integrated circuit chip) . In the latter case, one or more of the first and second microelectronic elements can have a greater number of active devices, e.g., transistors, configured to provide memory storage array function than any other function. As used herein, a "memory storage element" refers to a multiplicity of memory cells arranged in an array, together with circuitry usable to store and retrieve data therefrom, such as for transport of the data over an electrical interface. In a particular example, the microelectronic package 10 can be included in a single in-line memory module ("SIMM") or a dual in-line memory module ( "DIMM" ) .
[ 0117 ] In any of the embodiments described herein, one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 can be implemented in one or more of the following technologies: DRAM, NAND flash memory, RRAM ("resistive RAM" or "resistive random access memory"), phase-change memory ("PCM"), magnetoresistive random access memory, e.g. such as may embodiment tunnel junction devices, static random access memory ("SRAM"), spin-torque RAM, or content-addressable memory, among others.
[ 0118 ] In a particular example, a microelectronic element 30 that includes a memory storage element can have at least a memory storage array function, but the microelectronic element may not be a full-function memory chip. Such a microelectronic element may not have a buffering function itself, but it may be electrically connected to other microelectronic elements in a stack of microelectronic elements, wherein at least one microelectronic element in the stack has a buffering function (the buffering microelectronic element could be a buffer chip, a full-function memory chip, or a controller chip) .
[ 0119 ] In other examples, one or more of the microelectronic elements in any of the packages described herein can be configured to predominantly provide memory storage array function, in that one or more of the microelectronic elements can have a greater number of active devices, e.g., transistors, configured to provide memory storage array function than any other function, e.g., as flash memory, DRAM or other type of memory, and can be arranged in a package together with another microelectronic element or "logic chip" that is configured to predominantly provide logic function. In a particular embodiment, the logic chip can be a programmable or processor element such as a microprocessor or other general purpose computing element. The logic chip can be a microcontroller element, graphics processor, floating point processor, co-processor, digital signal processor, etc. In a particular embodiment, the logic chip can predominantly perform hardware state machine functions, or otherwise be hard-coded to serve a particular function or purpose. Alternatively, the logic chip can be an application specific integrated circuit ("ASIC") or field programmable gate array ("FPGA") chip. In such variation, the package then may be a "system in a package" ("SIP") .
[ 0120 ] In another variation, a microelectronic element in any of the packages described herein can have both logic and memory function embedded therein, such as a programmable processor having one or more associated memory storage arrays embedded therewith in the same microelectronic element. Such microelectronic element is sometimes referred to as a " system-on-a-chip" ("SOC"), in that logic such as a processor is embedded together with other circuitry such as a memory storage array or circuitry for performing some other function that may be a specialized function.
[ 0121 ] Each microelectronic element 30 can have a plurality of electrically conductive element contacts 35 exposed at the front surface 31 thereof. As shown in FIGS. 5C and 5D, the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 can be arranged in one (FIG. 5C) or more (FIG. 5D) columns 36 disposed in a central region 37 of the front surface 31 that occupies a central portion of an area of the front surface. The central region 37, for example, may occupy an area of the front surface 31 that includes a middle third of the shortest distance between opposed peripheral edges 32a, 32b of the microelectronic element 30. In the particular example shown in FIG. 5C, when the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 are arranged in a central region 37 of the microelectronic element, the contacts can be arranged along an axis 39 that bisects the microelectronic element. As shown in FIG. 5B, the contacts 35 of each microelectronic elements 30 can be aligned with at least one of the apertures 26.
[ 0122 ] In one type of such microelectronic element 30, each one of some contacts of the element contacts 35 is dedicated to receiving a respective address signal of the plurality of address signals supplied to the microelectronic element. In this case, each of such contacts 35 is able to receive one respective address signal of the plurality of address signals supplied to the microelectronic element 30 from the outside.
[ 0123 ] In one particular example of this type of microelectronic element 30, each of the plurality of address signals present at the element contacts 35 can be sampled relative to an edge of a clock used by the respective microelectronic element, i.e., upon on a transition of the clock between first and second different voltage states. That is, each address signal can be sampled upon a rising transition between a lower voltage state and a higher voltage state of the clock, or upon a falling transition between a higher voltage state and a lower voltage state of the clock. Thus, the plurality of address signals may all be sampled upon the rising transition of the clock, or such address signals may all be sampled upon the falling transition of the clock, or in another example, the address signal at one of the element contacts 35 can be sampled upon the rising transition of the clock and the address signal at one other external contact can be sampled upon the falling transition of the clock .
[ 0124 ] In another type of microelectronic element 30 configured to predominantly provide memory storage array function, one or more of the address contacts thereon can be used in a multiplexed manner. In this example, a particular element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30 can receive two or more different signals supplied to the microelectronic element from the outside. Thus, a first address signal can be sampled at the particular contact 35 upon a first transition of the clock between the first and second different voltage states (e.g., a rising transition), and a signal other than the first address signal can be sampled at the particular contact upon a second transition of the clock (e.g., a falling transition) between the first and second voltage states that is opposite the first transition.
[ 0125 ] In such a multiplexed manner, two different signals can be received within the same cycle of the clock on the same element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30. In a particular case, multiplexing in this manner can allow a first address signal and a different signal to be received in the same clock cycle on the same element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30. In yet another example, multiplexing in this manner can allow a first address signal and a second different address signal to be received in the same clock cycle on the same element contact 35 of the respective microelectronic element 30.
[ 0126 ] In a particular example, each of the microelectronic elements 30 can be functionally and mechanically equivalent to the other ones of the microelectronic elements, such that each microelectronic element can have the same pattern of electrically conductive contacts 35 exposed at the front surface 31 with the same function, although the particular dimensions of the length, width, and height of each microelectronic element can be different than that of the other microelectronic elements.
[ 0127 ] In the specific arrangement shown in FIGS. 5A and
5B, the microelectronic package 10 can be configured to route a signal that is common to multiple microelectronic elements 30 through a common first terminal 25a of the package, rather than through two or more terminals 25 of the package each dedicated to a specific one of the microelectronic elements 30, such as the second terminals 25b. In this way, it may be possible to reduce the number of contacts on a circuit panel (e.g., the circuit panel 60 shown in FIG. 5E) to which the microelectronic package 10 can be connected. Furthermore, it may be possible to reduce the number of contacts, metalized vias, and routing layers underlying the microelectronic package 10 on a circuit panel, which may simplify the design of the circuit panel and reduce its manufacturing complexity and cost.
[ 0128 ] As shown in FIG. 5A, the first terminals 25a of the microelectronic package 10 can be disposed in one or more sets of first terminals arranged at positions of one or more grids 15 in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20. Each set of first terminals 25a arranged at positions of a grid 15 can include one or more columns 16 of the first terminals. As shown in FIG. 5A, all of the positions of the grid 15 can be occupied by a corresponding one of the first terminals 25a. Alternatively (not shown), at least one of the positions of the grid 15 may not be occupied by a first terminal 25a. For example, such a position that is not occupied by a first terminal 25a can be occupied by a second terminal 25b, or such position can be unoccupied by any terminal. As shown in FIG. 5A, the microelectronic package 10 can include two parallel columns 16 of the first terminals 25a. Such columns 16 can be oriented parallel to the axes 29 of the first and second apertures 26a and 26b. Alternatively, as shown for example in FIG. 9A, the columns 16 of the first terminals 25a can be oriented perpendicular to the axes 29 of the first and second apertures 26a and 26b.
[ 0129 ] The second terminals 25b of the microelectronic package 10 can be disposed in one or more sets of second terminals arranged at positions of one or more grids 17 in the peripheral regions 28 and/or 28' of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20. Each set of second terminals 25b arranged at positions of a grid 17 can include one or more columns 18 of the second terminals. As shown in FIG. 5A, all of the positions of the grid 17 can be occupied by a corresponding one of the second terminals 25b. Alternatively (not shown), at least one of the positions of the grid 17 may not be occupied by a second terminal 25b. As shown in FIG. 5A, each grid 17 of the microelectronic package 10 can include two parallel columns 18 of the second terminals 25b. Such columns 18 can be oriented parallel to the axes 29 of the adjacent respective apertures 26, as shown in FIG. 5A. For example, the columns 18 in each of the first, second, third, and fourth grids 17a, 17b, 17c, and 17d shown in FIG. 5A can be oriented parallel to the respective first, second, third, and fourth axes 29a, 29b, 29c, and 29d.
[ 0130 ] In one embodiment, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the address signals can be arranged at positions within the grids 15 that also contain the first terminals 25a. In one example, at least some of the second terminals 25b that are configured to carry signals other than the command signals, address signals, and clock signals can be arranged at positions within the grids 15 that also contain the first terminals 25a.
[ 0131 ] Although the first and second terminals 25a and 25b are shown at the same relative position in a direction of the first and second axes 29a, 29b within adjacent columns 16 or 18, such terminals may in fact be disposed at positions which are somewhat offset in the direction of the first and second axes 29a, 29b. For example, although not shown in FIG. 5A, at least one of the first and second terminals 25a, 25b may be disposed between adjacent columns of terminals. In another example, one or more of the grids 15, 17 may include a column of terminals for which a column axis extends through a majority of the terminals 25 of such column, i.e., is centered relative thereto. However, in such column, one or more of the terminals might not be centered relative to the column axis. In this case, these one or more terminals are considered part of a particular column, even though such terminal might not be centered relative to the column axis because they are closer to the axis of that particular column than to the axis of any other column. The column axis may extend through these one or more terminals that are not centered relative to the column axis, or, in some cases, the non-centered terminals may be farther from the column axis such that the column axis may not even pass through these non-centered terminals of the column. There may be one, several or many terminals in one column or even in more than one column which are not centered with respect to a column axis of the respective column in a grid. Moreover, it is possible for the grids 15, 17 of terminals 25 to contain arrangements of terminals in groupings other than columns, such as in arrangements shaped like rings, polygons or even scattered distributions of terminals.
[ 0132 ] In other embodiments, the microelectronic package 10 can include other amounts and configurations of columns 16 and columns 18, as will be shown and described below with reference to FIGS. 6A through 15C. For example, in some of the embodiments described herein, the first terminals can be arranged in no more than four columns or in no more than two columns. Although grids having one, two, and three columns of terminals are shown in the figures, the grids of in any of the embodiments described herein can have any number of columns of terminals .
[ 0133 ] Electrical connections between the contacts 35 and the terminals 25 can include optional leads, e.g., wire bonds 40, or other possible structure in which at least portions of the leads are aligned with at least one of the apertures 26. For example, as seen in FIG. 5B, at least some of the electrical connections can include a wire bond 40 that extends beyond an edge of an aperture 26 in the substrate, and is joined to the contact 35 and a conductive element 24 of the substrate. In one embodiment, at least some of the electrical connections can include lead bonds . Such connections can include leads that extend along either or both of the first and second surfaces 21, 22 of the substrate 20 between the conductive elements 24 and the terminals 25. In a particular example, such leads can be electrically connected between the contacts 35 of each microelectronic element 30 and the first terminals 25a, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures 26.
[ 0134 ] At least some signals that pass through the first terminals 25a of the package can be common to at least two of the microelectronic elements 30. These signals can be routed through connections such as conductive traces extending on or within the substrate 20 in directions parallel to the first and second surfaces 21, 22 of the substrate from the terminals 25 to the corresponding contacts 35 of the microelectronic elements 30. For example, a first terminal 25a disposed in the central region 23 of the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 can be electrically connected with a conductive contact 35 of each microelectronic element 30 through a conductive trace, a conductive element 24, e.g., a bond pad, and a wire bond 40 joined to the conductive element 24 and the contact 35.
[ 0135 ] As shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the microelectronic package 10 can include four microelectronic elements 30, some of which can be stacked relative to one another. For example, in the embodiment shown in FIGS. 5A and 5B, the front surface 31 of each of first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b can confront the first surface 21 of the substrate 20, and the front surface 31 of each of third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can confront a rear surface 33 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements. At least a portion of the front surface 31 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can overlie at least a portion of the rear surface 33 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b. At least a portion of the central region 37 of the front surface 31 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can project beyond the respective lateral edges 32a, 32b of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b. Accordingly, the contacts 35 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d can be positioned in a location projecting beyond the respective lateral edges 32a, 32b of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b.
[ 0136 ] One or more adhesive layers 13 can be positioned between the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b and the substrate 20, between the third microelectronic element 30c and the first and second microelectronic elements 30a and 30b, and between the fourth microelectronic element 30d and the first and second microelectronic elements 30a and 30b. Such adhesive layers 13 can include adhesive for bonding the aforementioned components of the microelectronic package 10 to one another. In a particular embodiment, the one or more adhesive layers 13 can extend between the first surface 21 of the substrate 20 and the front surface 31 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b. In one embodiment, the one or more adhesive layers 13 can attach at least a portion of the front surface 31 of each of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 30c, 30d to at least a portion of the rear surface 33 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 30a, 30b.
[ 0137 ] In one example, each adhesive layer 13 can be partly or entirely made of a die attachment adhesive and can be comprised of a low elastic modulus material such as silicone elastomer. In one embodiment, the die attachment adhesive can be compliant. In another example, each adhesive layer 13 can be entirely or partly made of a thin layer of high elastic modulus adhesive or solder if the microelectronic elements 30 are each conventional semiconductor chips formed of the same material, because the microelectronic elements will tend to expand and contract in unison in response to temperature changes. Regardless of the materials employed, each of the adhesive layers 13 can include a single layer or multiple layers therein.
[ 0138 ] The microelectronic package 10 can also include an encapsulant 50 that can optionally cover, partially cover, or leave uncovered the rear surfaces 33 of the microelectronic elements 30. For example, in the microelectronic package 10 shown in FIG. 5B, an encapsulant can be flowed, stenciled, screened or dispensed onto the rear surfaces 33 of the microelectronic elements 30. In another example, the encapsulant 50 can be a mold compound which is formed thereon by overmolding.
[ 0139 ] The microelectronic package 10 can further include an encapsulant (not shown) that can optionally cover the wire bonds 40 and the conductive elements 24 of the substrate 20. Such an encapsulant can also optionally extend into the apertures 26, and it can cover the contacts 35 of the microelectronic elements 30.
[ 0140 ] In a particular embodiment, the microelectronic package 10 can be configured to be assembled with another such microelectronic package and a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 described below, such that each of the microelectronic packages is assembled to an opposing surface of the circuit panel.
[ 0141 ] Referring now to FIG. 5E, a microelectronic assembly 5 can include two or more microelectronic packages 10, for example, first and second microelectronic packages 10a, 10b, that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 60. The circuit panel 60 can have first and second opposing surfaces 61 and 62 and pluralities of electrically conductive first and second panel contacts 65a and 65b (collectively panel contacts 65) exposed at the respective first and second surfaces . The microelectronic packages 10 can be mounted to the panel contacts 65, for example, by the joining units 11 that can extend between the terminals 25 and the panel contacts . As shown in FIG. 5E, the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 of the first microelectronic package 10a and the second surface of the substrate of the second microelectronic package 10b can overlie at least 90% of one another. In a particular example, the circuit panel 60 can include an element having a CTE less than 30 ppm/°C. In one embodiment, such an element can consist essentially of semiconductor, glass, ceramic or liquid crystal polymer material. [ 0142 ] The first terminals 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be electrically connected to the first terminals of the second microelectronic package 10b through the circuit panel 60. The first terminals 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be arranged at positions of a first grid 15a, and the first terminals 25b of the second microelectronic package 10b can be arranged at positions of a second grid 15b. As shown in FIG. 5A, the first terminals 25a of the first grid 15a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be aligned within one ball pitch of the corresponding first terminals 25b to which they are connected of the second grid 15b of the second microelectronic package 10b.
[ 0143 ] As used herein, alignment within a particular number of ball pitches means aligned within the particular number of ball pitches with respect to a horizontal direction perpendicular to the first surface of the substrate. In an exemplary embodiment, each pair of electrically connected terminals of the grids 15a, 15b of the respective first and second packages 10a, 10b can be aligned within one ball pitch of one another in orthogonal x and y directions parallel to the first surface 61 of the circuit panel 60. In a particular example, a majority of the positions of the grids 15a, 15b of the respective first and second packages 10a, 10b can be aligned with one another in a vertical direction orthogonal to the first and second circuit panel surfaces 61, 62.
[ 0144 ] In one embodiment, the grids 15a and 15b of the respective first and second microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can be functionally and mechanically matched, such that each of the grids 15a and 15b can have the same pattern of first terminals 25a at the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 of the respective microelectronic package 10a or 10b with the same function, although the particular dimensions of the length, width, and height of each microelectronic package 10 can be different than that of the other microelectronic packages. In such an embodiment having functionally and mechanically matched grids 15a and 15b, the first terminals 25a of each microelectronic package 10 can be oriented such that a functional top end 19 of the grid of the first microelectronic package 10a (that can be seen in FIG. 5A) can overlie the functional top end 19 of the grid of the second microelectronic package 10b.
[ 0145 ] In a particular example (not shown), a spatial distribution of the first terminals 25a along the second surface 22 of the substrate 20 of at least one of the first and second microelectronic packages 10 can be different from a spatial distribution of the corresponding panel contacts 65 to which they are electrically connected, such that at least one of the first terminals 25a does not directly overlie the corresponding panel contact 65 to which it is electrically connected .
[ 0146 ] As shown in FIG. 5E and in the other microelectronic assembly side sectional figures herein, the second terminals are omitted from the figures for clarity. In FIG. 5E, for example, although the second terminals are not shown in the figure, the second terminals can be present in the peripheral regions 28 and/or 28' of the second surface 22 of each microelectronic package 10. The second terminals of each microelectronic package 10 can be mounted to corresponding ones of the panel contacts 65, for example, by joining units such as the joining units 11 that can extend between the second terminals and the panel contacts.
[ 0147 ] As shown in FIG. 5E, the circuit panel 60 of the microelectronic assembly 5 can include one or more routing layers 66, e.g., a layer of electrically conductive traces thereon, for routing of all of the address signals. In a particular example, the circuit panel 60 of the microelectronic assembly 5 can include one or more routing layers 66, e.g., a layer of electrically conductive traces thereon, for routing of all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals.
[ 0148 ] As shown in FIG. 5E, metalized vias 67 extending through the circuit panel 60 can be coupled to the panel contacts 65 by conductive structure 68 (e.g., traces) of the routing layer 66. In a particular example, the total combined length of the conductive elements (e.g., the vias 67 and the conductive structure 68) connecting a pair of electrically coupled first and second panel contacts 65a and 65b exposed at the respective first and second surfaces 61 and 62 of the circuit panel 60 can be less than seven times a minimum pitch of the panel contacts 65.
[ 0149 ] In one example, in a microelectronic assembly embodiment having microelectronic packages with grids 15 each having first terminals 25a arranged in two parallel columns 16, the circuit panel 60 may include no more than two routing layers 66 required for routing of all of the address signals. In an exemplary embodiment, in a microelectronic assembly embodiment having microelectronic packages with grids 15 each having first terminals 25a arranged in two parallel columns 16, the circuit panel 60 may include no more than two routing layers 66 required for routing of all of the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals. However, in any of the aforementioned embodiments, the circuit panel 60 may include more than two routing layers for the routing of signals other than the particular signals carried by the first terminals 25a.
[ 0150 ] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 5E, the first panel contacts 65a can be joined to the first terminals 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a and can be arranged in first and second linearly extending columns exposed at the first surface 61 of the circuit panel 60, and the second panel contacts 65b can be joined to the first terminals 25a of the second microelectronic package 10b and can be arranged in first and second linearly extending columns exposed at the second surface 62 of the circuit panel 60. The first column of the first panel contacts 65a, shown bonded to joining units 11 labeled with an 'Α', can be aligned with the second column of the second panel contacts 65b in a direction of a thickness of the circuit panel, and the second column of the first panel contacts 65a can be aligned in the direction of the circuit panel thickness with the first column of the second panel contacts 65b, also shown bonded to joining units labeled with an ' A ' .
[ 0151 ] Each of the first panel contacts 65a at the first surface 61 labeled with an 'A' can be electrically coupled to a corresponding second panel contact 65b at the second surface 62 labeled with an Ά', such that each panel contact 65 in the first column at each surface 61, 62 can be coupled to a corresponding panel contact in the first column at the opposite surface. In FIG. 5E, a schematic of the electrical connections between corresponding ones of the panel contacts 65 are shown via dotted lines 69a and 69b. Also, each panel contact 65 in the second column at each surface 61, 62 can be coupled to a corresponding panel contact in the second column at the opposite surface.
[ 0152 ] In a particular example, the circuit panel 60 can further include conductive contacts configured for electrically connecting the microelectronic assembly 5 with at least one component external to the microelectronic assembly.
[ 0153 ] In the microelectronic assembly 5, each first terminal 25a of the first microelectronic package 10a can be electrically coupled through the circuit panel 60 to a corresponding first terminal of the second microelectronic package 10b having the same function, with a relatively short stub length. As used herein, "stub length" means the total length of the shortest electrical connection between a terminal 25 of a microelectronic package 10 at a first surface of the circuit panel and a corresponding terminal of a microelectronic package at the second opposed surface of the circuit panel. In one example, stub lengths of the electrical connections between the first and second microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can be less than seven times a minimum pitch of the first terminals 25a of each microelectronic package . [ 0154 ] FIG. 5F illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5E, in which the metalized vias 67' extending through the circuit panel 60' are arranged in a common vertical plane with the first terminals 25a of each of the first and second microelectronic elements 10a, 10b. Although the vias 67' and the first terminals 25a are in a common vertical plane, corresponding first terminals 25a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can be horizontally offset from one another, so that horizontally and vertically extending conductive structure (e.g., traces and metalized vias) of the circuit panel can electrically connect the corresponding first terminals. Similar to FIG. 5E, a schematic of the electrical connections between corresponding ones of the panel contacts 65 in FIG. 5F are shown via dotted lines 69a and 69b.
[ 0155 ] In a particular embodiment of the microelectronic assembly 5, as shown in FIG. 5G, the command-address bus signals can be routed in at least one direction Dl between connection sites on a circuit panel such as the circuit panel 60 at which a plurality of microelectronic packages 10a, 10b are connected, such that signals of the command-address bus 137 reach each pair of packages 10a and 10b at respective connection sites I, II or III at slightly different times. As seen in FIG. 5G, the at least one direction Dl can be transverse or orthogonal to a direction D2 in which at least one column 36 of a plurality of contacts 35 on at least one microelectronic element 30 extends. In such a way, the signal conductors of the command-address bus 137 on (i.e., on or within) the circuit panel 60 can in some cases be spaced apart from one another in the direction D2 that is parallel to the at least one column 36 of contacts 35 on a microelectronic element 30 within a package 10a or 10b connected to, or to be connected to the circuit panel 60.
[ 0156 ] Such a configuration, particularly when the first terminals 25a of each microelectronic package 10a, 10b are arranged in one or more columns extending in such direction D2, may help simplify the routing of signal conductors of one or more routing layers on the circuit panel 60 used to route command-address bus signals. For example, it may be possible to simplify routing of the command-address bus signals on a circuit panel when relatively few first terminals are disposed at the same vertical layout position on each package. Thus, in the example shown in FIG. 5A, only two first terminals 25a are disposed at the same vertical layout position on each package, such as the first terminals configured to receive address signals A3 and Al .
[ 0157 ] In an exemplary embodiment, the microelectronic assembly 5 can have a microelectronic element 30' that can include a semiconductor chip configured predominantly to perform a logic function, such as a solid state drive controller, and one or more of the microelectronic elements 30 in the microelectronic packages 10a and 10b can each include memory storage elements such as nonvolatile flash memory. The microelectronic element 30' can include a special purpose processor that is configured to relieve a central processing unit of a system such as the system 1600 (FIG. 16) from supervision of transfers of data to and from the memory storage elements included in the microelectronic elements 30. Such a microelectronic element 30' including a solid state drive controller can provide direct memory access to and from a data bus on a motherboard (e.g., the circuit panel 1602 shown in FIG. 16) of a system such as the system 1600. In a particular embodiment, the microelectronic element 30' can be configured to perform a buffering function, e.g., the microelectronic element 30' can be configured to regenerate the above-noted command-address bus signals for transfer to each of the microelectronic packages 10a and 10b.. Such a microelectronic element 30' can be configured to help provide impedance isolation for each of the microelectronic elements 30 with respect to components external to the microelectronic assembly 5. [ 0158 ] In such an embodiment of the microelectronic assembly 5 having a microelectronic element 30' that includes a controller function and/or a buffering function, the command-address bus signals can be routed between the microelectronic element 30' and each pair of packages 10a and 10b at respective connection sites I, II or III. In the particular example shown in FIG. 5G, a portion of the command- address bus 137 that extends past the connection sites I, II or III can extend in the direction D2 or in another direction transverse to the direction Dl to reach contacts of the microelectronic element 30'. In one embodiment, the command- address bus 137 can extend in the direction Dl to reach contacts of the microelectronic element 30'.
[ 0159 ] FIG. 6A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the first terminals 625a of the microelectronic package 610 are arranged in a grid 615 having a single column 616. Although the grid 615 is shown extending beyond the outer boundaries of the front surface 631 of the microelectronic elements 630, that need not be the case. A potential advantage of such an embodiment can be seen in FIG. 6B, which shows a microelectronic assembly 605 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 610 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 660. As shown in FIG. 6B, corresponding first terminals 625a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 610a and 610b can be arranged in a common vertical plane. The circuit panel construction may also be simplified in a microelectronic assembly 605 having this construction, because the routing between each electrically connected pair of first terminals 625a can be mostly in a vertical direction, i.e., in a direction through the thickness of the circuit panel. That is, via connections on the circuit panel 660 may be all that is needed to electrically connect each pair of corresponding first terminals 625a of the microelectronic packages 610 mounted to the opposite surfaces 661, 662 of the circuit panel . [ 0160 ] In such an embodiment, the corresponding first terminals 625a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 610a and 610b may not be horizontally offset from one another (or can be minimally horizontally offset due to manufacturing tolerance, for example), so at least some of the electrical connections carrying the address signals (in one example) or the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals (in a particular example) through the circuit panel 660 between the first terminals 625a of the first and second microelectronic packages 610a and 610b can have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel. As used herein, "signals of fixed potential" include power and ground (reference potential) signals.
[ 0161 ] Moreover, the number of routing layers of wiring on the circuit panel 660 required to route the address signals (in one example) or the command-address bus signals (in a particular example) along the circuit panel between connection sites where respective pairs of microelectronic packages 610 are connected can be reduced. Specifically, the number of routing layers required to route such signals along the circuit panel 660 may in some cases be reduced to two or fewer routing layers. In a particular example, there may be no more than one routing layer required to route such signals along the circuit panel 660. However, on and within the circuit panel 660, there may be a greater number of routing layers used for carrying other signals than the number of routing layers that are used for carrying the above-noted address signals or command-address bus signals.
[ 0162 ] FIG. 7A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the first terminals 725a of the microelectronic package 710 are disposed in first and second sets of first terminals arranged in respective positions within first and second parallel grids 715a and 715b, each grid having two adjacent columns 716 of the first terminals. In this embodiment, the first terminals 725a in the first set arragned at positions within the first grid 715a can be configured to carry all of the same signal assignments as the first terminals in the second set arranged at positions within the second grid 715b, and the positions of corresponding ones of the first terminals in the first and second sets are shown mirrored about an intermediate theoretical axis 729e between the first and second grids, the intermediate theoretical axis being parallel to the first and second axes 729a and 729b of the apertures 726a and 726b. In this embodiment, each first terminal 725a that is configured to carry a particular signal in the first set of first terminals arranged at positions within the first grid 715a can be symmetric about the intermediate theoretical axis 729e with respect to a corresponding first terminal that is configured to carry the same signal in the second set of first terminals arranged at positions within the second grid 715b. Stated another way, the signal assignments of the first terminals 725a in the first set correspond to and are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the corresponding first terminals in the second set.
[ 0163 ] The intermediate theoretical axis 729e about which the signal assignments of the first terminals 725a are symmetric can be located at various positions on the substrate 720. In a particular embodiment, the intermediate theoretical axis 729e can be a central axis of the package that is located equidistant from first and second opposed edges 727a, 727b of the substrate, particularly when the columns 716 of the first terminals extend in a direction parallel to the edges 727a, 727b and the first and second grids 715a, 715b are disposed at locations that are symmetric about this central axis.
[ 0164 ] Alternatively, this axis of symmetry can be offset in a horizontal direction (a direction perpendicular to the intermediate theoretical axis 729e) from the central axis that is equidistant between edges 727a, 727b. In one example, the intermediate axis 729e can be located within one ball pitch of the first terminals 725a of a centerline of the second surface 722 of the substrate 720 located equidistant between first and second opposed edges 727a and 727b of the second surface.
[ 0165 ] In such an embodiment having four microelectronic elements 730 and two grids 715 of first terminals 725a mirrored with respect to one another about an intermediate axis 729e therebetween, the first terminals of each of the first and second grids 715a and 715b can be electrically connected to two corresponding ones of the microelectronic elements. In a particular example, the first terminals 725a of the first grid 715a can be connected to contacts of the first and second microelectronic elements 730a, 730b, and the first terminals of the second grid 715b can be connected to contacts of the third and fourth microelectronic elements 730c, 730d. In such case, the first terminals 725a of the first grid 715a may also be not electrically connected with the third and fourth microelectronic elements 730c, 730d, and the first terminals 725a of the second grid 715b of the package 710 may also be not electrically connected with the first and second microelectronic elements 730a, 730b. In yet another example, the first terminals 725a of each of the first and second grids 715a, 715b can be electrically connected with each of the first, second, third, and fourth microelectronic elements 730a, 730b, 730c, and 730d.
[ 0166 ] With the signal assignments in the second grid 715b being a mirror image of those in the first grid 715a, a first terminal 725a of the first grid that is assigned to carry the signal CK (clock) is in the same relative vertical position (a direction along the intermediate theoretical axis 729e) within the grid as the corresponding first terminal of the second grid that is assigned to carry the signal CK . However, since the first grid 715a contains two columns 716 and the terminal of the first grid assigned to carry the signal CK is in the left column among the two columns of the first grid, the mirror image arrangement requires that the corresponding terminal of the second grid 715b assigned to carry the signal CK is in the right column among the two columns of the second grid .
[ 0167 ] Another result of this arrangement is that the terminal assigned to carry the signal WE (write enable) is also in the same relative vertical position within the grid in each of the first and second grids 715a, 715b. However, in the first grid 715a, the terminal assigned to carry WE is in the right column among the two columns 716 of the first grid, and the mirror image arrangement requires that the corresponding terminal of the second grid 715b assigned to carry the signal WE is in the left column among the two columns of the second grid. As can be seen in FIG. 7A, the same relationship applies for each first terminal 725a in each of the first and second grids 715a, 715b, at least for each first terminal assigned to carry a command-address bus signal as discussed above.
[ 0168 ] In another example in accordance therewith, it is apparent that terminals assigned to carry address information shown as "A3" of each of the first and second grids 715a, 715b of first terminals (shown in FIG. 7A) designates a corresponding element contact (shown in FIG. 7B) of one or more microelectronic elements within the microelectronic package 710 which element contact has the name "A3". Thus, such corresponding first terminals 725a at the exterior of the microelectronic package 710 in each of the first and second sets of first terminals through which information is transferred to element contacts having the same name, e.g., "A3", are considered to have mirror image signal assignments, even if the names of the corresponding first terminals in the first and second sets are different. Thus, in one example, it is possible the signals assigned to each pair of first terminals 725a having mirror image signal assignments, e.g., the signal assignments designated "A3" in each of the first and second sets of first terminals, identify terminals that carry information to be input to element contacts having the name "A3" on microelectronic elements, although the names of the corresponding terminals in each of the first and second sets can be different, such as may be given the names A3L (A3 left) in the first set and A3R (A3 right) in the second set.
[ 0169 ] Further, the address information provided to the microelectronic package 710 at the corresponding pairs of first terminals shown as "A3" in FIG. 7A may in some cases originate from the identical output of driver circuitry at a location external to the microelectronic structure. As a result, a first terminal 725a of the first grid 715a that is assigned to carry the signal "A3" (i.e., as described above, for transfer of information thereon to an element contact named "A3" of a microelectronic element) is in the same relative vertical position (in direction 142) within the grid as the corresponding first terminal 725a of the second grid 715b that is assigned to carry the signal "A3".
[ 0170 ] As shown in FIG. 7A, the second terminals 725b can be in first and second parallel grids 717a and 717b and third and fourth parallel grids 717c and 717d, and the positions of corresponding ones of the second terminals 725b in such first and second grids can be mirrored about the intermediate axis 729e, and the positions of corresponding ones of the second terminals in such third and fourth grids can be mirrored about a second intermediate axis 729f transverse to the intermediate axis 729e. In a particular example, the second intermediate axis 729f can be orthogonal to the intermediate axis 729e. In a particular example (not shown) , some or all of the second terminals 725b can be arranged in the same grids 715a, 715b on the substrate 720 in which the first terminals 725a are arranged. Some or all of the second terminals 725b may be disposed in the same column or in different columns as some or all of the first terminals 725a. In some cases, one or more second terminals 725b can be interspersed with the first terminals 725a in the same grids or column thereof.
[ 0171 ] The grids 717a, 717b, 717c, and 717d of second terminals 725b, which can overlie portions of the microelectronic elements 730a, 730b, 730c, and 730d, and can be electrically connected therewith, can have terminals disposed in any suitable arrangement, there being no requirement to place these second terminals in grids in which the signal assignments in one of the grids are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals another one of the grids. In the particular example shown in FIG. 7A, the signal assignments of the two grids 717a and 717b are symmetric about the intermediate axis 729e with respect to one another, where the intermediate axis extends in a direction between these grids 717a and 717b.
[ 0172 ] FIG. 7C shows a variation of the signal assignments shown in FIG. 7A that can be used in the microelectronic package 710 instead of the signal assignments shown in FIG. 7A. FIG. 7C is substantially the same figure as FIG. 18 of the co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application No. 13/439,317, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. In FIG. 7C, the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the fifth grid 755 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 780, and the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the sixth grid 757 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 780. As used herein, two signal class assignments can be symmetric with respect to one another if the signal assignments are in the same class of assignments, even if the numerical index within the class differs. Exemplary signal class assignments can include data signals, data strobe signals, data strobe complement signals, and data mask signals. In a particular example, in the fifth grid 755, the second terminals having signal assignments DQSH# and DQSL# are symmetric about the vertical axis 780 with respect to their signal class assignment, which is data strobe complement, even though those second terminals have different signal assignments.
[ 0173 ] As further shown in FIG. 7C, the assignments of the data signals to the spatial positions of the second terminals on the microelectronic package, such as for data signals DQ0, DQ1, for example, can have modulo-X symmetry about the vertical axis 780. The modulo-X symmetry can help preserve signal integrity in an assembly 5 such as seen in FIG. 5E, in which one or more pairs of first and second packages are mounted opposite one another to a circuit panel, and the circuit panel electrically connects corresponding pairs of second terminals of those first and second packages in each oppositely-mounted package pair. As used herein, when the signal assignments of terminals have "modulo-X symmetry" about an axis, terminals that carry signals that have the same index number "modulo-X" are disposed at positions that are symmetric about the axis. Thus, in such assembly 5 such as in FIG. 5E, modulo-X symmetry can permit electrical connections to be made through the circuit panel so that a terminal DQO of a first package can be electrically connected through the circuit panel to a terminal DQ8 of the second package which has the same index number modulo X (X being 8 in this case), so that the connection can be made in a direction essentially straight through, i.e., normal to, the thickness of the circuit panel.
[ 0174 ] In one example, "X" can be a number 2n (2 to the power of n), wherein n is greater than or equal to 2, or X can be 8 x N, N being two or more. Thus, in one example, X may be equal to the number of bits in a half-byte (4 bits), byte (8 bits), multiple bytes (8 x N, N being two or more), a word (32 bits) or multiple words. In such way, in one example, when there is modulo-8 symmetry as shown in FIG. 7C, the signal assignment of a package terminal DQO in grid 755 configured to carry data signal DQO is symmetric about the vertical axis 780 with the signal assignment of another package terminal configured to carry data signal DQ8. Moreover, the same is true for the signal assignments of package terminals DQO and DQ8 in grid 757. As further seen in FIG. 7C, the signal assignments of package terminals DQ2 and DQ10 in grid 755 have modulo-8 symmetry about the vertical axis, and the same is also true for grid 757. Modulo-8 symmetry such as described herein can be seen in grids 755, 757 with respect to each of the signal assignments of package terminals DQO through DQ15. [ 0175 ] It is important to note that, although not shown, the modulo number "X" can be a number other than 2n (2 to the power of n) and can be any number greater than two. Thus, the modulo number X upon which the symmetry is based can depend upon how many bits are present in a data size for which the package is constructed or configured. For example, when the data size is 10 bits instead of 8, then the signal assignments may have modulo-10 symmetry. It may even be the case that when the data size has an odd number of bits, the modulo number X can have such number .
[ 0176 ] Similar to the embodiment of FIG. 6A, a potential advantage of the embodiment of FIG. 7A can be seen in FIG. 7B, which shows a microelectronic assembly 705 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 710 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 760. As shown in FIG. 7B, corresponding first terminals 725a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 710a and 710b can be arranged in a common vertical plane, which can allow at least some of the electrical connections carrying the address signals (in one example) or the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals (in a particular example) through the circuit panel 760 between the first terminals 725a of the first and second microelectronic packages 710a and 710b to have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel .
[ 0177 ] FIG. 8 illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 7A that shows a microelectronic package 810 having first terminals 825a arranged in four parallel grids 815 each having two columns 816. As shown in FIG. 8, the sets of first terminals disposed at locations within the two outer grids 815a and 815b can be mirrored with respect to one another about an intermediate axis 829e between the outer grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 829a, 829b, and the sets of first terminals disposed at locations within the two inner grids 815c and 815d can be mirrored with respect to one another about the intermediate axis. In a variant of FIG. 8 (not shown) , the set of first terminals disposed at locations within each outer grid 815a and 815b can also be mirrored with respect to the set of first terminals disposed at locations within an adjacent one of the inner grids 815c and 815d.
[ 0178 ] FIG. 9A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 7A, in which the microelectronic package 910 includes three microelectronic elements 930. In this embodiment, the microelectronic package 910 includes first and second microelectronic elements 930a and 930b each having a front surface 931 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 921 of the substrate 920, and a third microelectronic element 930c disposed between the substrate and the first and second microelectronic elements. The first and second microelectronic elements 930a, 930b each have a front surface 931 at least partially overlying the rear surface 933 of the third microelectronic element 930c. In one example, in such a microelectronic package having three microelectronic elements 930, the third microelectronic element 930c can be a NAND flash element.
[ 0179 ] The substrate 920 can have a third aperture 926c having a third axis 929c extending in a direction of the length of the third aperture, the third axis being transverse to the first and second axes 929a and 929b of the respective first and second apertures 926a and 926b. In a particular example, the third axis 929c can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 929a, 929b. The third microelectronic element 930c can have a plurality of contacts 935 at the first surface 936 thereof aligned with at least one of the apertures 926.
[ 0180 ] Similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 7A, the first terminals 925a of the microelectronic package 910 can be arranged in first and second parallel grids 915a and 915b, each grid having two adjacent columns 916 of the first terminals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 925a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about an intermediate axis 929e (that may be coincident with the third axis 929c) between the first and second grids that is transverse to the first and second axes 929a and 929b. In one example, the intermediate axis 929e can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 929a, 929b. In this embodiment, some of the second terminals 925b can be located in grids 917 adjacent to the grids 915 of the first terminals 925a.
[ 0181 ] FIG. 9B illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 9A, in which the microelectronic package 910' includes two microelectronic elements 930. In this embodiment, the microelectronic package 910 includes a first microelectronic element 930a' having a front surface 931 confronting the second surface 922 of the substrate 920', and a second microelectronic element 930b' having a front surface at least partially overlying a rear surface 932 of the first microelectronic element.
[ 0182 ] The substrate 920' can have first and second apertures 926a, 926b having respective first and second axes 929a, 929b extending in a direction of the length of the respective first and second apertures, the second axis being transverse to the first axis. In a particular example, the second axis 929b can be orthogonal to the first axis 929a.
[ 0183 ] Similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 9A, the first terminals 925a of the microelectronic package 910' can be arranged in first and second parallel grids 915a and 915b, each grid having two adjacent columns 916 of the first terminals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 925a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about an intermediate axis 929e (that may be coincident with the first axis 929a) between the first and second grids that is parallel to the first axis 929a.
[ 0184 ] A central region 923 of the first surface 921 of the substrate 920' in which the first terminals 925a are exposed can be located adjacent the first aperture 926a. In a particular embodiment, the first aperture 926a can be at least partially disposed between the first and second grids 915a and 915b.
[ 0185 ] A spacer (not shown) can be positioned between the front surface 931 of the second microelectronic element 930b' and a portion of the second surface 922 of the substrate 920, to increase the mechanical stability of the second microelectronic element with respect to the substrate. Such a spacer can be made, for example, from a dielectric material such as silicon dioxide, a semiconductor material such as silicon, or one or more layers of adhesive. If the spacer includes adhesives, the adhesives can connect the second microelectronic element 930b to the substrate 920. In one embodiment, the spacer can have substantially the same thickness in a vertical direction substantially perpendicular to the first surface 921 of the substrate 920 as the thickness of the first microelectronic element 930a' between the front and rear surfaces 931, 933 thereof. In a particular embodiment where the spacer is made from an adhesive, the adhesive layers positioned between the spacer and the second microelectronic element 930b' and the substrate 920 can be omitted .
[ 0186 ] A potential advantage of the embodiments shown in FIGS. 9A and 9B can be seen in FIG. 9C, which shows a microelectronic assembly 905 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 910 or 910' that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 960. As shown in FIG. 9B, corresponding first terminals 925a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 910a, 910b or 910a', 910b' can be arranged in a common vertical plane.
[ 0187 ] In such an embodiment, the corresponding first terminals 925a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 910a or 910a' and 910b or 910b' may not be horizontally offset from one another (or can be minimally horizontally offset due to manufacturing tolerance, for example), so at least some of the electrical connections carrying the address signals (in one example) or the command signals, address signals, bank address signals, and clock signals (in a particular example) through the circuit panel 960 between the first terminals 925a of the first and second microelectronic packages 910a or 910a' and 910b or 910b' can have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel .
[ 0188 ] In a variation of the embodiment shown in FIG. 9B (not shown), a microelectronic package can include two adjacent overlapping pairs of microelectronic elements, which would have the appearance of two pairs of microelectronic elements 930a', 930b' (FIG. 9B) disposed adjacent one another overlying the same substrate.
[ 0189 ] FIG. 10A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the microelectronic package 1010 includes four microelectronic elements 1030 each having a surface 1031 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 1021 of the substrate 1020.
[ 0190 ] FIG. 10A illustrates a particular arrangement of microelectronic elements 1030 similar to the shape of a pinwheel. In this embodiment, the longest dimensions of the first and second apertures 1026a and 1026b define first and second parallel axes 1029a and 1029b, and the longest dimensions of the third and fourth apertures 1026c and 1026d define third and fourth parallel axes 1029c and 1029d. The third and fourth axes 1029c, 1029d can be transverse to the first and second axes 1029a, 1029b. In an exemplary embodiment, the third and fourth axes 1029c, 1029d can be orthogonal to the first and second axes 1029a, 1029b.
[ 0191 ] In one example, each of the microelectronic elements 1030 can have first and second opposed edges 1038a, 1038b extending in a direction of the length of the respective microelectronic element, each of the first edges having portions adjacent to a centroid 1008 of the package, each of the first edges defining a plane 1039 that extends through exactly one of the other ones of the microelectronic elements. In a particular embodiment, as shown for example in FIG. 10A, the axis 1029 of each of the apertures 1026 can extend through exactly one of the other ones of the apertures.
[ 0192 ] Each of the microelectronic elements 1030 can have third and fourth opposed edges 1038c, 1038d extending in a direction of the width of the respective microelectronic element between the first and second opposed edges 1038a, 1038b, each of the third edges facing at least a portion of a first edge of an adjacent microelectronic element. As shown in FIG. 10A, the second edge 1038b of each of the microelectronic elements 1030 can be coplanar with the fourth edge 1038d of exactly one adjacent microelectronic element.
[ 0193 ] Similar to the embodiment shown in FIG. 5A, the first terminals 1025a of the microelectronic package 1010 can be arranged in a single grid 1015 having two adjacent columns 1016 of the first terminals. A central region 1023 of the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020 in which the first terminals 1025a are exposed can be located between the first and second axes 1029a, 1029b, such that peripheral regions 1028 of the second surface of the substrate can lie between opposed edges of the substrate and the first and second axes. In a particular embodiment, the third and fourth axes 1029c and 1029d can provide boundaries of the central region 1023 of the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020, such that peripheral regions 1028' of the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020 can lie between opposed edges of the substrate and the third and fourth axes .
[ 0194 ] In one example, one or more microelectronic elements 1030' including a chip that is configured to perform a buffering function can be mounted to the substrate 1020 having a surface 1031' facing the first surface 1021 (FIG. 10A) or the second surface 1022 of the substrate 1020. In one example, such a buffering chip 1030' can be flip-chip bonded to electrically conductive contacts exposed at the first surface 1021 of the substrate 1020. Each such buffer element can be used to provide signal isolation between terminals of the microelectronic package 1010, particularly for the above- noted command-address bus signals received at the first terminals of the package, and one or more of the microelectronic elements in the package. In one example, such a buffering chip 1030' or buffer element can be electrically connected to at least some of the terminals 1025 and one or more of the microelectronic elements 1030 in the microelectronic package 1010, the buffer chip configured to regenerate at least one signal received at one or more of the terminals of the microelectronic package 1010. Typically, the one or more buffer elements regenerate signals received at the first terminals, or which are received at the second terminals, and transfers the regenerated signals to the microelectronic elements in the package.
[ 0195 ] In a particular example, such a buffering chip can be configured to buffer the address information, or in one example, the command signals, address signals, and clock signals that are transferred to one or more of the microelectronic elements 1030. Alternatively, or in addition to regenerating signals as described above, in a particular example, such an additional microelectronic element can be configured to partially or fully decode at least one of address information or command information received at the terminals, such as at the first terminals. The decoding chip can then output the result of such partial or full decoding for transfer to one or more of the microelectronic elements 1030.
[ 0196 ] In a particular embodiment, one or more of the chips 1030' can be a decoupling capacitor. One or more decoupling capacitors 1030' can be disposed between the microelectronic elements 1030 instead of or in addition to the aforementioned buffering chips . Such decoupling capacitors can be electrically connected to internal power supply and/or ground buses inside the microelectronic package 1010.
[ 0197 ] A potential advantage of such an embodiment can be seen in FIG. 10B, which shows a microelectronic assembly 1005 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 1010 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 1060. As shown in FIG. 10B, corresponding first terminals 1025a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 1010a and 1010b can be arranged in a common vertical plane.
[ 0198 ] FIGS. IOC and 10D show variations of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 10A. FIG. IOC shows a microelectronic package 1001 having first terminals 1025a arranged in a single grid 1015' having three parallel columns 1016. Such a configuration of the grid 1015' having three columns 1016 can be advantageous when the third and fourth apertures 1026c and 1026d are relatively close together, thereby limiting the potential length of the grid that can fit between the third and fourth apertures .
[ 0199 ] FIG. 10D shows a microelectronic package 1002 having first terminals 1025a arranged in a single grid 1015 having two parallel columns 1016, where the microelectronic elements 1030 are relatively non-elongated, thereby limiting the potential height of the grid that can fit between the third and fourth apertures. To accommodate the length of the grid 1015, the pinwheel shape can be adjusted as shown in FIG. 10D so that the second edge 1038b of each of the microelectronic elements 1030 is not coplanar with the fourth edge 1038d of an adjacent microelectronic element. In the example shown in FIG. 10D, a plane 1039' containing the second edge 1038b of each of the microelectronic elements 1030 intersects the first edge 1038a of exactly one adjacent microelectronic element.
[ 0200 ] FIG. 11A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 10A, in which the first terminals 1125a of the microelectronic package 1110 are arranged in first and second parallel grids 1115a and 1115b, each grid having two adjacent columns 1116 of the first terminals. In this embodiment, each of the first and second grids 1115a and 1115b can be configured to carry all of the same signals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 1125a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about an intermediate axis 1129e between the first and second grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 1129a and 1129b of the apertures 1126a and 1126b.
[ 0201 ] In one example, one or more buffering chips 1130' can be mounted to the substrate 1120 adjacent to one another, each buffering chip having a surface 1131' facing the first surface 1121 (FIG. 11A) or the second surface 1122 of the substrate 1120. Such buffering chips 1130' can be flip-chip bonded to electrically conductive contacts exposed at the first surface 1121 of the substrate 1120. In such an embodiment having four microelectronic elements 1130, each of the one or more buffering chips 1130' can be electrically connected to two respective ones of the microelectronic elements. In a particular embodiment, one or more of the chips 1130' can be a decoupling capacitor. One or more decoupling capacitors 1130' can be disposed between the microelectronic elements 1130 instead of or in addition to the aforementioned buffering chips . Such decoupling capacitors can be electrically connected to internal power and ground buses inside the microelectronic package 1110.
[ 0202 ] FIG. HE shows a variation of the signal assignments shown in FIG. HA that can be used in the microelectronic package 1110 instead of the signal assignments shown in FIG. HA. FIG. HE is substantially the same figure as FIG. 20 of the co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application No. 13/439,317, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. In FIG. HE, similar to FIG. 7C, the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the fifth grid 1155 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 1180, and the signal class assignments of the second terminals in the sixth grid 1157 can be symmetric about the vertical axis 1180. As further shown in FIG. HE, the assignments of the data signals to the spatial positions of the second terminals on the microelectronic package, such as for data signals DQO, DQ1, for example, can have modulo-X symmetry about the vertical axis 1180.
[ 0203 ] A potential advantage of the embodiment of FIG. 11A can be seen in FIG. 11B, which shows a microelectronic assembly 1105 that can include two or more microelectronic packages 1110 that can be mounted to a common circuit panel 1160. As shown in FIG. 11B, corresponding first terminals 1125a in each of the first and second microelectronic packages 1110a and 1110b can be arranged in a common vertical plane, which can allow at least some of the electrical connections through the circuit panel 1160 between the first terminals 1125a of the first and second microelectronic packages 1110a and 1110b to have an electrical length of approximately a thickness of the circuit panel.
[ 0204 ] FIGS. llC and 11D show variations of the embodiments of the microelectronic packages shown in FIG. IOC and 10D, respectively. The microelectronic package 1101 shown in FIG. llC is the same as the microelectronic package 1001 shown in FIG. IOC, except that the microelectronic package 1101 has two parallel grids 1115a' and 1115b' each having three parallel columns 1116. The first and second grids 1115a' and 1115b' can be mirrored about an intermediate axis 1129e between the first and second grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 1129a and 1129b of the first and second apertures 1126a and 1126b.
[ 0205 ] The microelectronic package 1102 shown in FIG. 11D is the same as the microelectronic package 1002 shown in FIG. 10D, except that the microelectronic package 1102 has two parallel grids 1115a and 1115b each having two parallel columns 1116. The first and second grids 1115a and 1115b can be mirrored about an intermediate axis 1129e between the first and second grids, the intermediate axis being parallel to the first and second axes 1129a and 1129b of the first and second apertures 1126a and 1126b.
[ 0206 ] FIG. 12 shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 11C. The microelectronic package 1210 shown in FIG. 12 is the same as the microelectronic package 1101 shown in FIG. 11C, except that the microelectronic package 1210 has microelectronic elements 1230, some of which can be stacked relative to one another. For example, in the embodiment shown in FIG. 12, the front surface 1231 of each of first and second microelectronic elements 1230a, 1230b can confront the first surface 1221 of the substrate 1220, and at least a portion of the front surface 1231 of each of third and fourth microelectronic elements 1230c, 1230d can overlie a rear surface 1233 of each of the first and second microelectronic elements.
[ 0207 ] FIG. 13A illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 5A, in which the microelectronic elements and apertures are rotated ninety degrees. The microelectronic package 1310 is the same as the microelectronic package 10 shown in FIG. 5A, except that the first and second apertures 1326a, 1326b have a first axis 1329a extending in a direction of the lengths of the first and second apertures, and the third and fourth apertures 1329c, 1329d have a second axis 1329b extending in a direction of the lengths of the third and fourth apertures. Also, first terminals 1325a are disposed in a single grid 1315 having three parallel columns 1316, rather than two columns as shown in FIG. 5A. Each of the microelectronic elements 1330 are oriented such that a plurality of contacts at the surface of each microelectronic element is aligned with at least one of the apertures 1326.
[ 0208 ] The first terminals 1325a are disposed in a central region 1323 of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320, the central region being disposed between parallel lines 1308a and 1308b that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309a, 1309b of the respective first and second apertures 1326a, 1326b. In one example, the parallel lines 1308a, 1308b can be transverse to the respective first and second axes 1329a, 1329b. In a particular example, the parallel lines 1308a, 1308b can be orthogonal to the respective first and second axes 1329a, 1329b.
[ 0209 ] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 13A, the central region 1323 of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320 can also be bounded by parallel lines 1308c and 1308d that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309c, 1309d of the respective third and fourth apertures 1326c, 1326d. In one example, the central region 1323 can be disposed within a rectangular area of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320 not extending beyond any of the adjacent ends of the apertures 1309a, 1309b, 1309c, and 1309d.
[ 0210 ] FIG. 13B illustrates a variation of the embodiment described above relative to FIG. 13B, in which the first terminals 1325a of the microelectronic package 1310' are arranged in first and second parallel grids 1315a and 1315b, each grid having two adjacent columns 1316 of the first terminals. In this embodiment, each of the first and second grids 1315a and 1315b can be configured to carry all of the same signals, and the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 1325a in the first and second grids are shown mirrored about the second axis 1329b, such that one of the grids is disposed on each side of the second axis. In a particular embodiment (not shown), the positions of corresponding ones of the terminals 1325a in the first and second grids 1315a, 1315b can be mirrored about an intermediate axis that is not coincident with the first axis 1329a.
[ 0211 ] In the embodiment shown in FIG. 13B, the first terminals 1325a are disposed in a central region 1323 of the second surface 1322 of the substrate 1320, the central region being disposed between parallel lines 1308a and 1308b that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309a, 1309b of the respective first and second apertures 1326a, 1326b. The grids 1315a and 1315b (and also the central region 1323) can extend beyond the parallel lines 1308c and 1308d that are tangent to adjacent ends 1309c, 1309d of the respective third and fourth apertures 1326c, 1326d.
[ 0212 ] FIGS. 14A and 14B show variations of the embodiments of the microelectronic packages shown in FIG. 13A and 13B, respectively. The microelectronic package 1410 shown in FIG. 14A is the same as the microelectronic package 1310 shown in FIG. 14A, except that the microelectronic elements 1430 of the microelectronic package 1410 each have front surfaces arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate 1420. The microelectronic package 1410' shown in FIG. 14B is the same as the microelectronic package 1310' shown in FIG. 14A, except that the microelectronic elements 1430 of the microelectronic package 1410' each have front surfaces arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate 1420.
[ 0213 ] FIG. 14C shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic packages shown in FIG. 14B. The microelectronic package 1401 shown in FIG. 14C has first terminals 1425a arranged in four parallel grids 1415, each grid having two parallel columns 1416, each grid 1415 mirrored with respect to at least one additional grid 1415 about the first axis 1429a and/or about the second axis 1429b. In one example (not shown), each grid 1415 can be mirrored with respect to one or more of the other grids 1415 about any other intermediate axes extending between pairs of the grids 1415. Each of the grids 1417 of second terminals 1425b can also be mirrored with respect to another one of the grids 1417 about the first axis 1429a and/or the second axis 1429b, or each grid 1417 can be mirrored with respect to one or more of the other grids 1417 about any other intermediate axes extending between pairs of the grids 1417. In one example, the particular arrangement of four mirrored grids of first terminals 1425a and/or second terminals 1425b shown in FIG. 14C can be used with the arrangement of overlying microelectronic elements shown in FIG. 13B. [ 0214 ] FIG. 15A shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 9A. The microelectronic package 1510 shown in FIG. 15A is the same as the microelectronic package 910 shown in FIG. 9A, except that the microelectronic elements 1530 of the microelectronic package 1510 each have front surfaces 1531 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 1521 of the substrate 1520.
[ 0215 ] FIG. 15B shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 9B. The microelectronic package 1510' shown in FIG. 15B is the same as the microelectronic package 910' shown in FIG. 9A, except that the microelectronic elements 1530' of the microelectronic package 1510' each have front surfaces 1531 arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface 1521 of the substrate 1520' .
[ 0216 ] FIG. 15C shows a variation of the embodiment of the microelectronic package shown in FIG. 15B. The microelectronic package 1510" shown in FIG. 15C is the same as the microelectronic package 1510' shown in FIG. 15B, except that the first terminals 1525a of the microelectronic package 1510" are arranged in a single grid 1515 having two adjacent columns 1516 of the first terminals.
[ 0217 ] As can be seen in FIG. 15C, the substrate 1520" can have two apertures 1526 extending between the first and second opposed surfaces thereof. The longest dimension of a first aperture 1526a of the apertures 1526 can define a first axis 1529a. A second aperture 1526b of the apertures 1526 can have a long dimension extending in a direction transverse to the first axis 1529a, and the second aperture can have an end 1509 adjacent the first aperture. The end 1509 of the second aperture 1526b can define a second axis 1529b parallel to the first axis 1529a. In one example, the second axis 1529b can be tangent to the end 1509 of the second aperture 1526b. The first and second axes 1529a and 1529b can define a central region 1523 of the second surface of the substrate 1520 located between the first and second axes. In this embodiment, the grid 1515 that includes the first terminals 1525a can be exposed at the second surface of the substrate 1520 in the central region 1523 thereof.
[ 0218 ] The microelectronic packages and microelectronic assemblies described above with reference to FIGS. 5A through 15C can be utilized in construction of diverse electronic systems, such as the system 1600 shown in FIG. 16. For example, the system 1600 in accordance with a further embodiment of the invention includes a plurality of modules or components 1606 such as the microelectronic packages and/or microelectronic assemblies as described above in conjunction with other electronic components 1608 and 1610.
[ 0219 ] In the exemplary system 1600 shown, the system can include a circuit panel, motherboard, or riser panel 1602 such as a flexible printed circuit board, and the circuit panel can include numerous conductors 1604, of which only one is depicted in FIG. 16, interconnecting the modules or components 1606 with one another. Such a circuit panel 1602 can transport signals to and from each of the microelectronic packages and/or microelectronic assemblies included in the system 1600. However, this is merely exemplary; any suitable structure for making electrical connections between the modules or components 1606 can be used.
[ 0220 ] In a particular embodiment, the system 1600 can also include a processor such as the semiconductor chip 1608, such that each module or component 1606 can be configured to transfer a number N of data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the processor can be configured to transfer a number M of data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, M being greater than or equal to N.
[ 0221 ] In one example, the system 1600 can include a processor chip 1608 that is configured to transfer thirty-two data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the system can also include four modules 1606 such as the microelectronic package 10 described with reference to FIG. 9B, each module 1606 configured to transfer eight data bits in parallel in a clock cycle (i.e., each module 1606 can include first and second microelectronic elements, each of the two microelectronic elements being configured to transfer four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle) .
[0222] In another example, the system 1600 can include a processor chip 1608 that is configured to transfer sixty-four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle, and the system can also include four modules 1606 such as the microelectronic package described with reference to FIG. 5A, each module 1606 configured to transfer sixteen data bits in parallel in a clock cycle (i.e., each module 1606 can include four microelectronic elements, each of the four microelectronic elements being configured to transfer four data bits in parallel in a clock cycle) .
[0223] In the example depicted in FIG. 16, the component 1608 is a semiconductor chip and component 1610 is a display screen, but any other components can be used in the system 1600. Of course, although only two additional components 1608 and 1610 are depicted in FIG. 16 for clarity of illustration, the system 1600 can include any number of such components.
[0224] Modules or components 1606 and components 1608 and 1610 can be mounted in a common housing 1601, schematically depicted in broken lines, and can be electrically interconnected with one another as necessary to form the desired circuit. The housing 1601 is depicted as a portable housing of the type usable, for example, in a cellular telephone or personal digital assistant, and screen 1610 can be exposed at the surface of the housing. In embodiments where a structure 1606 includes a light-sensitive element such as an imaging chip, a lens 1611 or other optical device also can be provided for routing light to the structure. Again, the simplified system shown in FIG. 16 is merely exemplary; other systems, including systems commonly regarded as fixed structures, such as desktop computers, routers and the like can be made using the structures discussed above.
[0225] The microelectronic packages and microelectronic assemblies described above with reference to FIGS. 5A through 15C can also be utilized in construction of an electronic system such as the system 1700 shown in FIG. 17. FIG. 17 is substantially the same figure as FIG. 14 of the co-pending and commonly assigned U.S. Patent Application No. 13/440,515, the disclosure of which is hereby incorporated by reference herein. In the example shown in FIG. 17, the system 1700 in accordance with a further embodiment of the invention is the same as the system 1600 shown in FIG. 16, except the component 1606 has been replaced by a plurality of components 1706.
[ 0226 ] Each of the components 1706 can be or can include one or more of the microelectronic packages or microelectronic assemblies described above with reference to FIGS. 5A through 15C. In a particular example, one or more of the components
1706 can be a variation of the microelectronic assembly 5 shown in FIG. 5E, in which the circuit panel 60 includes exposed edge contacts, and the circuit panel 60 of each microelectronic assembly 5 can be suitable for insertion into a socket 1705.
[ 0227 ] Each socket 1705 can include a plurality of contacts
1707 at one or both sides of the socket, such that each socket 1705 can be suitable for mating with corresponding exposed edge contacts of a corresponding component 1706 such as the above-described variation of the microelectronic assembly 5. In the exemplary system 1700 shown, the system can include a second circuit panel 1702 or motherboard such as a flexible printed circuit board, and the second circuit panel can include numerous conductors 1704, of which only one is depicted in FIG. 17, interconnecting the components 1706 with one another .
[ 0228 ] In a particular example, a module such as the system 1700 can include a plurality of components 1706, each component 1706 being the above-described variation of the microelectronic assembly 5. Each component 1706 can be mounted to, and electrically connected with the second circuit panel 1702 for transport of signals to and from each component 1706. The specific example of the system 1700 is merely exemplary; any suitable structure for making electrical connections between the components 1706 can be used.
[ 0229 ] In any or all of the microelectronic packages described in the foregoing, the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements can be at least partially exposed at an exterior surface of the microelectronic package after completing fabrication. Thus, in the microelectronic package 10 described above with respect to FIG. 5A, the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements can be partially or fully exposed at an exterior surface of an encapsulant in the completed microelectronic package 10.
[ 0230 ] In any of the embodiments described above, the microelectronic packages and microelectronic assemblies may include a heat spreader partly or entirely made of any suitable thermally conductive material. Examples of suitable thermally conductive material include, but are not limited to, metal, graphite, thermally conductive adhesives, e.g., thermally-conductive epoxy, a solder, or the like, or a combination of such materials. In one example, the heat spreader can be a substantially continuous sheet of metal.
[ 0231 ] In the example shown in FIG. 5B, the microelectronic package 10 can include a heat sink or heat spreader 55 that can be thermally coupled to a surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements 30a, 30b, 30c, and 30d, e.g., the rear surface 33 of the third microelectronic element 30c, such as through a thermally conductive material such as thermal adhesive, thermally conductive grease, or solder, among others. In a particular example (not shown), the heat spreader 55 can include a plurality of fins at one or more surfaces thereof.
[ 0232 ] In one embodiment, the heat spreader can include a metallic layer disposed adjacent to one or more of the microelectronic elements. The metallic layer may be exposed at a rear surface of the microelectronic package. Alternatively, the heat spreader can include an overmold or an encapsulant covering at least the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements. In one example, the heat spreader can be in thermal communication with at least one of the front surface and rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements such as the microelectronic elements 30a, 30b, 30c, and 30d shown in FIG. 5A. In some embodiments, the heat spreader can extend between adjacent edges of adjacent ones of the microelectronic elements. The heat spreader can improve heat dissipation to the surrounding environment .
[ 0233 ] In a particular embodiment, a pre-formed heat spreader made of metal or other thermally conductive material may be attached to or disposed on the rear surface of one or more of the microelectronic elements with a thermally conductive material such as thermally conductive adhesive or thermally conductive grease. The adhesive, if present, can be a compliant material that permits relative movement between the heat spreader and the microelectronic element to which it is attached, for example, to accommodate differential thermal expansion between the compliantly attached elements . The heat spreader may be a monolithic structure. Alternatively, the heat spreader may include multiple spreader portions spaced apart from one another. In a particular embodiment, the heat spreader may be or include a layer of solder joined directly to at least a portion of a rear surface of one or more of microelectronic elements such as the microelectronic elements 30a, 30b, 30c, and 30d shown in FIG. 5A.
[ 0234 ] Although the invention herein has been described with reference to particular embodiments, it is to be understood that these embodiments are merely illustrative of the principles and applications of the present invention. It is therefore to be understood that numerous modifications may be made to the illustrative embodiments and that other arrangements may be devised without departing from the spirit and scope of the present invention as defined by the appended claims . [ 0235 ] It will be appreciated that the various dependent claims and the features set forth therein can be combined in different ways than presented in the initial claims. It will also be appreciated that the features described in connection with individual embodiments may be shared with others of the described embodiments .
INDUSTRIAL APPLICABILITY
[ 0236 ] The present invention enjoys wide industrial applicability including, but not limited to, microelectronic packages and methods of fabricating microelectronic packages.

Claims

1. A microelectronic package, comprising:
a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, the apertures having first, second, and third axes extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures, the first and second axes being parallel to one another, the third axis being transverse to the first and second axes, the second surface having a central region disposed between the first and second axes;
first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, each microelectronic element having memory storage array function;
a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in the central region thereof, the terminals configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package; and
leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures,
wherein the terminals are configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
2. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein each of the microelectronic elements embodies a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
3. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are configured to carry all of the address information usable by the circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine the addressable memory location .
4. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are configured to carry information that controls an operating mode of the microelectronic elements.
5. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are configured to carry all of the command signals transferred to the microelectronic package, the command signals being write enable, row address strobe, and column address strobe signals.
6. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are configured to carry clock signals transferred to the microelectronic package, the clock signals being clocks used for sampling signals carrying the address information .
7. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are configured to carry all of the bank address signals transferred to the microelectronic package.
8. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the substrate is an element consisting essentially of a material having a CTE in a plane of the substrate less than 12 ppm/°C.
9. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the substrate includes a dielectric element consisting essentially of a material having a CTE in a plane of the substrate less than 30 ppm/°C.
10. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are first terminals and the second surface has peripheral regions between the central region and first and second opposed edges extending between the first and second surfaces of the substrate, the microelectronic package further comprising a plurality of second terminals, at least some of the second terminals being exposed at the second surface in at least one of the peripheral regions, the second terminals configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the microelectronic package.
11. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 10, wherein at least some of the second terminals are configured to carry information other than the address information.
12. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 11, wherein at least some of the second terminals that are configured to carry information other than the address information are exposed at the second surface in the central region .
13. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein at least some of the leads include wire bonds extending through at least one of the apertures.
14. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 13, wherein all of the leads are wire bonds extending through at least one of the apertures.
15. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein at least some of the leads include lead bonds .
16. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein each of the microelectronic elements' memory storage array function is implemented in NAND flash, resistive RAM, phase-change memory, magnetic RAM, static RAM, dynamic RAM, spin-torque RAM, or content-addressable memory technology.
17. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein each of the microelectronic elements includes a dynamic random access memory ("DRAM") integrated circuit chip.
18. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein each of the microelectronic elements is functionally and mechanically equivalent to the other ones of the microelectronic elements.
19. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a semiconductor element electrically connected to at least some of the terminals and one or more of the microelectronic elements in the microelectronic package, the semiconductor element configured to at least one of: regenerate or at least partially decode at least one signal received at one or more of the terminals of the microelectronic package.
20. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are arranged in no more than four columns .
21. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 20, wherein the columns are parallel to the first axis.
22. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals are arranged in no more than two columns .
23. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, further comprising a heat spreader in thermal communication with at least one of the microelectronic elements .
24. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the terminals include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite from the first side, each of the first and second sets being configured to carry the address information, and wherein the signal assignments of the terminals in the first set are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set.
25. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 24, wherein the terminals of the first and second sets are disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids extend in a direction parallel to first and second opposed edges of the substrate.
26. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 25, wherein the intermediate axis is not more than a distance of three and one-half times a minimum pitch between any two adjacent columns of the terminals from a line parallel to and equidistant from the first and second edges of the substrate.
27. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 25, wherein the intermediate axis is not more than a distance of a minimum pitch between any two adjacent columns of the terminals of a line parallel to and equidistant from the first and second edges of the substrate.
28. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 25, wherein each grid includes two adjacent parallel columns of the terminals .
29. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 24, wherein the terminals of the first and second sets are disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids extend in a direction parallel to the first and second axes.
30. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the surfaces of the first and second microelectronic elements are arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate, and wherein the surface of the third microelectronic element at least partially overlies a rear surface of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements.
31. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the surfaces of all of the microelectronic elements are arranged in a single plane parallel to the first surface of the substrate.
32. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 1, wherein the substrate has a fourth aperture having a fourth axis transverse to the first and second axes and extending in a direction of the length of the fourth aperture, the microelectronic package further comprising: a fourth microelectronic element having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate, the fourth microelectronic element having memory storage array function, the fourth microelectronic element having a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface thereof and aligned with at least one of the apertures; and
second leads electrically connected between the contacts of the fourth microelectronic element and the terminals, each of the second leads having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
33. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 32, wherein each of the first, second, third, and fourth microelectronic elements has first and second opposed edges extending in a direction of the length of the respective microelectronic element, each of the first edges having portions adjacent to a centroid of the package, each of the first edges defining a plane that extends through exactly one of the other ones of the microelectronic elements .
34. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 32, wherein the axis of each of the first, second, third, and fourth apertures extends through exactly one of the other ones of the apertures.
35. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 32, wherein each of the first, second, third, and fourth axes extends through exactly two of the other ones of the axes .
36. A microelectronic package, comprising:
a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, the apertures having first, second, and third axes extending in directions of the lengths of the respective apertures, the first and second axes being parallel to one another, the third axis being transverse to the first and second axes, the second surface having a central region disposed between the first and second axes; first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, each microelectronic element embodying a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function;
a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in the central region thereof, the terminals configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package; and
leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures,
wherein the terminals are configured to carry a majority of the address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
37. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 36, wherein the terminals are configured to carry at least three- quarters of the address information usable by the circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine the addressable memory location.
38. A microelectronic package, comprising:
a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces, first, second, and third apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, and a first axis extending in a direction of the lengths of the first and second apertures, the third aperture having a second axis transverse to the first axis and extending in a direction of the length of the third aperture, the second surface having a central region disposed between first and second parallel lines disposed at adjacent ends of the respective first and second apertures; first, second, and third microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, each microelectronic element having memory storage array function;
a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in the central region thereof, the terminals configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package; and
leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures,
wherein the terminals are configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first, second or third microelectronic elements.
39. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 38, wherein each of the microelectronic elements embodies a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
40. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 38, wherein the terminals include a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite form the first side, each of the first and second sets being configured to carry the address information, and wherein the signal assignments of the terminals in the first set are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set.
41. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 40, wherein the terminals of the first and second sets are disposed at positions within respective first and second grids, and columns of terminals in the first and second grids extend in a direction parallel to first and second opposed edges of the substrate.
42. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 38, wherein the substrate has a fourth aperture and the second axis extends in a direction of the length of the fourth aperture, the microelectronic package further comprising:
a fourth microelectronic element having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate, the fourth microelectronic element having memory storage array function, the fourth microelectronic element having a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface thereof and aligned with at least one of the apertures; and
second leads electrically connected between the contacts of the fourth microelectronic element and the terminals, each of the second leads having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures.
43. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 42, wherein the central region is disposed within a rectangular area of the substrate not extending beyond the adjacent ends of the first, second, third, and fourth apertures.
44. A microelectronic package, comprising:
a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first and second apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, the apertures having first and second respective transverse axes extending in directions of the lengths of the apertures, the second surface having a central region disposed adjacent the first aperture;
first and second microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, each microelectronic element having memory storage array function; a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in the central region thereof, the terminals configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package, the terminals including a first set thereof disposed on a first side of a theoretical intermediate axis and a second set thereof disposed on a second side of the theoretical intermediate axis opposite from the first side, the first aperture being at least partially disposed between the first and second sets of terminals; and leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures,
wherein each of the first and second sets of terminals are configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements, and
wherein the signal assignments of the terminals in the first set are a mirror image of the signal assignments of the terminals in the second set.
45. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 44, wherein each of the microelectronic elements embodies a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
46. A microelectronic package, comprising:
a substrate having first and second opposed surfaces and first and second apertures extending between the first and second surfaces, the first aperture having an axis extending in a first direction of the length of the first aperture, the second aperture having a length extending in a second direction transverse to the first direction, the second aperture having an end adjacent to the first aperture, the second surface having a central region disposed between the axis and a line parallel to the axis which is tangent to the end of the second aperture;
first and second microelectronic elements each having a surface facing the first surface of the substrate and a plurality of contacts exposed at the surface of the respective microelectronic element and aligned with at least one of the apertures, each microelectronic element having memory storage array function;
a plurality of terminals exposed at the second surface in the central region thereof, the terminals configured for connecting the microelectronic package to at least one component external to the package; and
leads electrically connected between the contacts of each microelectronic element and the terminals, each lead having a portion aligned with at least one of the apertures,
wherein the terminals are configured to carry address information usable by circuitry within the microelectronic package to determine an addressable memory location from among all the available addressable memory locations of a memory storage array of at least one of the first and second microelectronic elements.
47. The microelectronic package as claimed in claim 46, wherein each of the microelectronic elements embodies a greater number of active devices to provide memory storage array function than any other function.
PCT/US2012/058434 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows WO2013052466A2 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014534636A JP5887417B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Stub minimization for multi-die wire bond assemblies with orthogonal windows
EP12780342.7A EP2764546A2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows
KR1020147012040A KR20140085487A (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
US201161542553P 2011-10-03 2011-10-03
US61/542,553 2011-10-03
US13/354,772 US8278764B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-01-20 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows
US13/354,772 2012-01-20
US13/439,317 2012-04-04
US13/439,317 US8659140B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-04-04 Stub minimization using duplicate sets of signal terminals in assemblies without wirebonds to package substrate
US13/440,515 2012-04-05
US13/440,515 US8441111B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-04-05 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2013052466A2 true WO2013052466A2 (en) 2013-04-11
WO2013052466A3 WO2013052466A3 (en) 2013-08-15

Family

ID=48044089

Family Applications (4)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2012/057905 WO2013052372A2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-09-28 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
PCT/US2012/057911 WO2013052373A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-09-28 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
PCT/US2012/058423 WO2013052458A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Memory modules in packages
PCT/US2012/058434 WO2013052466A2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows

Family Applications Before (3)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/US2012/057905 WO2013052372A2 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-09-28 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
PCT/US2012/057911 WO2013052373A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-09-28 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
PCT/US2012/058423 WO2013052458A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2012-10-02 Memory modules in packages

Country Status (6)

Country Link
US (2) US8981547B2 (en)
EP (4) EP2764544A1 (en)
JP (4) JP5887414B2 (en)
KR (4) KR101894823B1 (en)
TW (6) TWI512935B (en)
WO (4) WO2013052372A2 (en)

Families Citing this family (25)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US8823165B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2014-09-02 Invensas Corporation Memory module in a package
US8525327B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-09-03 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for assemblies without wirebonds to package substrate
US8653646B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-02-18 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization using duplicate sets of terminals for wirebond assemblies without windows
EP2769409A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-08-27 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows
US8659140B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-02-25 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization using duplicate sets of signal terminals in assemblies without wirebonds to package substrate
US8659143B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-02-25 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for wirebond assemblies without windows
KR101894823B1 (en) * 2011-10-03 2018-09-04 인벤사스 코포레이션 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
US9368477B2 (en) 2012-08-27 2016-06-14 Invensas Corporation Co-support circuit panel and microelectronic packages
JP2014165210A (en) * 2013-02-21 2014-09-08 Fujitsu Component Ltd Module substrate
US9070423B2 (en) 2013-06-11 2015-06-30 Invensas Corporation Single package dual channel memory with co-support
US9123555B2 (en) * 2013-10-25 2015-09-01 Invensas Corporation Co-support for XFD packaging
US9343385B2 (en) * 2014-07-30 2016-05-17 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company Ltd. Semiconductor device comprising a chip substrate, a mold, and a buffer layer
US9691437B2 (en) 2014-09-25 2017-06-27 Invensas Corporation Compact microelectronic assembly having reduced spacing between controller and memory packages
KR102354986B1 (en) 2015-07-08 2022-01-24 삼성전자주식회사 Solid state drive
US9484080B1 (en) 2015-11-09 2016-11-01 Invensas Corporation High-bandwidth memory application with controlled impedance loading
KR102413441B1 (en) 2015-11-12 2022-06-28 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor package
US10297575B2 (en) * 2016-05-06 2019-05-21 Amkor Technology, Inc. Semiconductor device utilizing an adhesive to attach an upper package to a lower die
US9679613B1 (en) 2016-05-06 2017-06-13 Invensas Corporation TFD I/O partition for high-speed, high-density applications
EP3333852B1 (en) * 2016-12-06 2019-04-24 Axis AB Memory arrangement
KR102545473B1 (en) * 2018-10-11 2023-06-19 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor package
US11495519B2 (en) * 2019-06-07 2022-11-08 Dana Canada Corporation Apparatus for thermal management of electronic components
JP7400536B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-12-19 セイコーエプソン株式会社 semiconductor equipment
JP7400537B2 (en) 2020-02-27 2023-12-19 セイコーエプソン株式会社 semiconductor equipment
US11742295B2 (en) 2020-12-28 2023-08-29 Global Unichip Corporation Interface of integrated circuit die and method for arranging interface thereof
TWI845252B (en) * 2023-04-12 2024-06-11 頎邦科技股份有限公司 Semiconductor package and chip thereof

Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5148266A (en) 1990-09-24 1992-09-15 Ist Associates, Inc. Semiconductor chip assemblies having interposer and flexible lead
US5148265A (en) 1990-09-24 1992-09-15 Ist Associates, Inc. Semiconductor chip assemblies with fan-in leads
US5679977A (en) 1990-09-24 1997-10-21 Tessera, Inc. Semiconductor chip assemblies, methods of making same and components for same

Family Cites Families (245)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US3670208A (en) 1970-07-13 1972-06-13 Logic Dynamics Inc Microelectronic package, buss strip and printed circuit base assembly
US4747081A (en) 1983-12-30 1988-05-24 Texas Instruments Incorporated Video display system using memory with parallel and serial access employing serial shift registers selected by column address
US5163024A (en) 1983-12-30 1992-11-10 Texas Instruments Incorporated Video display system using memory with parallel and serial access employing serial shift registers selected by column address
US5210639A (en) 1983-12-30 1993-05-11 Texas Instruments, Inc. Dual-port memory with inhibited random access during transfer cycles with serial access
JPS6193694A (en) * 1984-10-15 1986-05-12 松下電器産業株式会社 Ic device
JPH0115997Y2 (en) 1984-11-27 1989-05-11
JPS63232389A (en) 1987-03-20 1988-09-28 株式会社日立製作所 Wiring system of surface mount package
US5369552A (en) * 1992-07-14 1994-11-29 Ncr Corporation Multi-chip module with multiple compartments
US5731633A (en) 1992-09-16 1998-03-24 Gary W. Hamilton Thin multichip module
JPH07147386A (en) 1993-09-29 1995-06-06 Toshiba Micro Electron Kk Semiconductor device and its manufacturing method and apparatus used for it
JPH0823149A (en) 1994-05-06 1996-01-23 Seiko Epson Corp Semiconductor device and its production
US6177636B1 (en) 1994-12-29 2001-01-23 Tessera, Inc. Connection components with posts
SE509201C2 (en) 1994-07-20 1998-12-14 Sandvik Ab Aluminum oxide coated tool
JP3487524B2 (en) * 1994-12-20 2004-01-19 株式会社ルネサステクノロジ Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US5929517A (en) 1994-12-29 1999-07-27 Tessera, Inc. Compliant integrated circuit package and method of fabricating the same
EP0829187A2 (en) 1995-05-26 1998-03-18 Rambus Inc. Chip socket assembly and chip file assembly for semiconductor chips
JP3869045B2 (en) 1995-11-09 2007-01-17 株式会社日立製作所 Semiconductor memory device
US5696031A (en) 1996-11-20 1997-12-09 Micron Technology, Inc. Device and method for stacking wire-bonded integrated circuit dice on flip-chip bonded integrated circuit dice
TW312044B (en) 1996-02-23 1997-08-01 Mitsubishi Electric Corp The semiconductor package
JPH09237800A (en) 1996-02-29 1997-09-09 Toshiba Corp Semiconductor device
US6460245B1 (en) 1996-03-07 2002-10-08 Tessera, Inc. Method of fabricating semiconductor chip assemblies
JP2891665B2 (en) 1996-03-22 1999-05-17 株式会社日立製作所 Semiconductor integrated circuit device and method of manufacturing the same
US20040061220A1 (en) 1996-03-22 2004-04-01 Chuichi Miyazaki Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US6086386A (en) * 1996-05-24 2000-07-11 Tessera, Inc. Flexible connectors for microelectronic elements
US5793116A (en) * 1996-05-29 1998-08-11 Mcnc Microelectronic packaging using arched solder columns
JP2845218B2 (en) * 1996-10-02 1999-01-13 日本電気株式会社 Electronic component mounting structure and method of manufacturing the same
US6130116A (en) * 1996-12-13 2000-10-10 Tessera, Inc. Method of encapsulating a microelectronic assembly utilizing a barrier
US6323436B1 (en) 1997-04-08 2001-11-27 International Business Machines Corporation High density printed wiring board possessing controlled coefficient of thermal expansion with thin film redistribution layer
JP3335575B2 (en) 1997-06-06 2002-10-21 松下電器産業株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JPH1143503A (en) 1997-07-25 1999-02-16 Nippon Mektron Ltd Production of modified acrylic rubber
JPH1187640A (en) 1997-09-09 1999-03-30 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor device and electronic device
US6525414B2 (en) 1997-09-16 2003-02-25 Matsushita Electric Industrial Co., Ltd. Semiconductor device including a wiring board and semiconductor elements mounted thereon
US5899705A (en) 1997-11-20 1999-05-04 Akram; Salman Stacked leads-over chip multi-chip module
US6343019B1 (en) 1997-12-22 2002-01-29 Micron Technology, Inc. Apparatus and method of stacking die on a substrate
US6742098B1 (en) 2000-10-03 2004-05-25 Intel Corporation Dual-port buffer-to-memory interface
US6261867B1 (en) * 1998-03-13 2001-07-17 Stratedge Corporation Method of making a package for microelectronic devices using iron oxide as a bonding agent
US6197665B1 (en) 1998-04-15 2001-03-06 Tessera, Inc. Lamination machine and method to laminate a coverlay to a microelectronic package
US5949700A (en) 1998-05-26 1999-09-07 International Business Machines Corporation Five square vertical dynamic random access memory cell
US6297960B1 (en) * 1998-06-30 2001-10-02 Micron Technology, Inc. Heat sink with alignment and retaining features
JP3420703B2 (en) 1998-07-16 2003-06-30 株式会社東芝 Method for manufacturing semiconductor device
JP3179420B2 (en) 1998-11-10 2001-06-25 日本電気株式会社 Semiconductor device
US6461895B1 (en) 1999-01-05 2002-10-08 Intel Corporation Process for making active interposer for high performance packaging applications
US6815251B1 (en) 1999-02-01 2004-11-09 Micron Technology, Inc. High density modularity for IC's
US6856013B1 (en) 1999-02-19 2005-02-15 Micron Technology, Inc. Integrated circuit packages, ball-grid array integrated circuit packages and methods of packaging an integrated circuit
JP3914651B2 (en) 1999-02-26 2007-05-16 エルピーダメモリ株式会社 Memory module and manufacturing method thereof
JP2000315776A (en) 1999-05-06 2000-11-14 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor device
US6376769B1 (en) * 1999-05-18 2002-04-23 Amerasia International Technology, Inc. High-density electronic package, and method for making same
JP2000340737A (en) 1999-05-31 2000-12-08 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor package and body mounted therewith
KR100393095B1 (en) 1999-06-12 2003-07-31 앰코 테크놀로지 코리아 주식회사 A semiconductor packages and manufacturing method for it
US6252264B1 (en) 1999-07-30 2001-06-26 International Business Machines Corporation Integrated circuit chip with features that facilitate a multi-chip module having a number of the chips
JP2001053243A (en) 1999-08-06 2001-02-23 Hitachi Ltd Semiconductor memory device and memory module
SG83742A1 (en) 1999-08-17 2001-10-16 Micron Technology Inc Multi-chip module with extension
US6255899B1 (en) 1999-09-01 2001-07-03 International Business Machines Corporation Method and apparatus for increasing interchip communications rates
US6307769B1 (en) 1999-09-02 2001-10-23 Micron Technology, Inc. Semiconductor devices having mirrored terminal arrangements, devices including same, and methods of testing such semiconductor devices
JP2001203318A (en) 1999-12-17 2001-07-27 Texas Instr Inc <Ti> Semiconductor assembly having plural flip-chips
US6710446B2 (en) 1999-12-30 2004-03-23 Renesas Technology Corporation Semiconductor device comprising stress relaxation layers and method for manufacturing the same
JP3768761B2 (en) 2000-01-31 2006-04-19 株式会社日立製作所 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP2001223324A (en) * 2000-02-10 2001-08-17 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor device
US6713854B1 (en) 2000-10-16 2004-03-30 Legacy Electronics, Inc Electronic circuit module with a carrier having a mounting pad array
AU2001242156A1 (en) * 2000-03-17 2001-09-24 Magna Interior Systems Inc. A cross car duct with integrated mode doors and hvac module
KR100408616B1 (en) 2000-03-21 2003-12-03 미쓰비시덴키 가부시키가이샤 Semiconductor device, method of manufacturing electronic device, electronic device, and portable information terminal
US6518794B2 (en) 2000-04-24 2003-02-11 International Business Machines Corporation AC drive cross point adjust method and apparatus
US6384473B1 (en) * 2000-05-16 2002-05-07 Sandia Corporation Microelectronic device package with an integral window
TW445608B (en) 2000-05-19 2001-07-11 Siliconware Precision Industries Co Ltd Semiconductor package and manufacturing method thereof of lead frame without flashing
JP2001339043A (en) 2000-05-30 2001-12-07 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor device and semiconductor module using the same
JP2002076252A (en) 2000-08-31 2002-03-15 Nec Kyushu Ltd Semiconductor device
US6462423B1 (en) 2000-08-31 2002-10-08 Micron Technology, Inc. Flip-chip with matched lines and ground plane
US6577004B1 (en) 2000-08-31 2003-06-10 Micron Technology, Inc. Solder ball landpad design to improve laminate performance
JP3874062B2 (en) 2000-09-05 2007-01-31 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Semiconductor device
US6980184B1 (en) 2000-09-27 2005-12-27 Alien Technology Corporation Display devices and integrated circuits
JP2002118199A (en) 2000-10-10 2002-04-19 Mitsubishi Electric Corp Semiconductor device
US6658530B1 (en) 2000-10-12 2003-12-02 Sun Microsystems, Inc. High-performance memory module
DE10055001A1 (en) 2000-11-07 2002-05-16 Infineon Technologies Ag Storage arrangement with a central connection panel
JP4608763B2 (en) 2000-11-09 2011-01-12 日本電気株式会社 Semiconductor device
US6628528B2 (en) 2000-11-30 2003-09-30 Theodore Zale Schoenborn Current sharing in memory packages
US20020122902A1 (en) 2000-11-30 2002-09-05 Tetsuji Ueda Blank for an optical member as well as vessel and method of producing the same
US6798044B2 (en) 2000-12-04 2004-09-28 Fairchild Semiconductor Corporation Flip chip in leaded molded package with two dies
US6528408B2 (en) 2001-05-21 2003-03-04 Micron Technology, Inc. Method for bumped die and wire bonded board-on-chip package
DE10126310B4 (en) 2001-05-30 2006-05-18 Infineon Technologies Ag Printed circuit board device, its use and semiconductor memory device
KR100415281B1 (en) 2001-06-29 2004-01-16 삼성전자주식회사 Double-side Mounting Circuit Board and Multi Chip Package including the Such a Circuit Board
JP5004385B2 (en) 2001-08-03 2012-08-22 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor memory chip and semiconductor memory device using the same
DE10139085A1 (en) * 2001-08-16 2003-05-22 Infineon Technologies Ag Printed circuit board system, method for operating a printed circuit board system, printed circuit board device and its use, and semiconductor device and its use
JP2005506690A (en) 2001-10-09 2005-03-03 テッセラ，インコーポレイテッド Stacked package
US6977440B2 (en) 2001-10-09 2005-12-20 Tessera, Inc. Stacked packages
US6831301B2 (en) 2001-10-15 2004-12-14 Micron Technology, Inc. Method and system for electrically coupling a chip to chip package
KR100454123B1 (en) 2001-12-06 2004-10-26 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor integrated circuit devices and modules with the same
US6692987B2 (en) 2001-12-12 2004-02-17 Micron Technology, Inc. BOC BGA package for die with I-shaped bond pad layout
SG118103A1 (en) 2001-12-12 2006-01-27 Micron Technology Inc BOC BGA package for die with I-shaped bond pad layout
US6686819B2 (en) 2002-02-01 2004-02-03 Intel Corporation Dual referenced microstrip
US6982485B1 (en) 2002-02-13 2006-01-03 Amkor Technology, Inc. Stacking structure for semiconductor chips and a semiconductor package using it
US6740821B1 (en) 2002-03-01 2004-05-25 Micron Technology, Inc. Selectively configurable circuit board
TW567593B (en) 2002-03-21 2003-12-21 Nanya Technology Corp Packaging method of memory and apparatus of the same
US7109588B2 (en) 2002-04-04 2006-09-19 Micron Technology, Inc. Method and apparatus for attaching microelectronic substrates and support members
KR100460063B1 (en) 2002-05-03 2004-12-04 주식회사 하이닉스반도체 Stack ball grid arrary package of center pad chips and manufacturing method therefor
US6906415B2 (en) 2002-06-27 2005-06-14 Micron Technology, Inc. Semiconductor device assemblies and packages including multiple semiconductor devices and methods
JP2004063767A (en) 2002-07-29 2004-02-26 Renesas Technology Corp Semiconductor device
DE10234951B4 (en) 2002-07-31 2009-01-02 Qimonda Ag Process for the production of semiconductor circuit modules
US6765288B2 (en) 2002-08-05 2004-07-20 Tessera, Inc. Microelectronic adaptors, assemblies and methods
US7294928B2 (en) 2002-09-06 2007-11-13 Tessera, Inc. Components, methods and assemblies for stacked packages
JP4221238B2 (en) 2002-09-26 2009-02-12 エルピーダメモリ株式会社 Memory module
JP2004128155A (en) 2002-10-01 2004-04-22 Renesas Technology Corp Semiconductor package
JP3742051B2 (en) 2002-10-31 2006-02-01 エルピーダメモリ株式会社 Memory module, memory chip, and memory system
TWI221664B (en) 2002-11-07 2004-10-01 Via Tech Inc Structure of chip package and process thereof
US7550842B2 (en) 2002-12-12 2009-06-23 Formfactor, Inc. Integrated circuit assembly
DE10259221B4 (en) 2002-12-17 2007-01-25 Infineon Technologies Ag Electronic component comprising a stack of semiconductor chips and method of making the same
JP2004221215A (en) 2003-01-14 2004-08-05 Renesas Technology Corp Semiconductor device
US6876088B2 (en) 2003-01-16 2005-04-05 International Business Machines Corporation Flex-based IC package construction employing a balanced lamination
US6961259B2 (en) 2003-01-23 2005-11-01 Micron Technology, Inc. Apparatus and methods for optically-coupled memory systems
US6879028B2 (en) 2003-02-21 2005-04-12 Freescale Semiconductor, Inc. Multi-die semiconductor package
JP4072505B2 (en) 2003-02-28 2008-04-09 エルピーダメモリ株式会社 Stacked semiconductor package
TW200419752A (en) 2003-03-18 2004-10-01 United Test Ct Inc Semiconductor package with heat sink
US7102217B2 (en) 2003-04-09 2006-09-05 Micron Technology, Inc. Interposer substrates with reinforced interconnect slots, and semiconductor die packages including same
JP3940694B2 (en) 2003-04-18 2007-07-04 株式会社東芝 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
JP4419049B2 (en) 2003-04-21 2010-02-24 エルピーダメモリ株式会社 Memory module and memory system
JP4046026B2 (en) 2003-06-27 2008-02-13 株式会社日立製作所 Semiconductor device
TWI297203B (en) * 2003-06-30 2008-05-21 United Microelectronics Corp Microelectronic package
US7145226B2 (en) * 2003-06-30 2006-12-05 Intel Corporation Scalable microelectronic package using conductive risers
US7183643B2 (en) 2003-11-04 2007-02-27 Tessera, Inc. Stacked packages and systems incorporating the same
WO2005048307A2 (en) 2003-11-08 2005-05-26 Chippac, Inc. Flip chip interconnection pad layout
US7061121B2 (en) * 2003-11-12 2006-06-13 Tessera, Inc. Stacked microelectronic assemblies with central contacts
US7989940B2 (en) 2003-12-19 2011-08-02 Tessera, Inc. System and method for increasing the number of IO-s on a ball grid package by wire bond stacking of same size packages through apertures
US7262507B2 (en) 2003-12-26 2007-08-28 Nec Electronics Corporation Semiconductor-mounted device and method for producing same
WO2005065207A2 (en) * 2003-12-30 2005-07-21 Tessera, Inc. Microelectronic packages and methods therefor
US7181584B2 (en) 2004-02-05 2007-02-20 Micron Technology, Inc. Dynamic command and/or address mirroring system and method for memory modules
JP4119866B2 (en) 2004-05-12 2008-07-16 富士通株式会社 Semiconductor device
JP4647243B2 (en) 2004-05-24 2011-03-09 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor device
KR20050119414A (en) 2004-06-16 2005-12-21 삼성전자주식회사 Stacked package comprising two edge pad-type semiconductor chips and method of manufacturing the same
US7260691B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2007-08-21 Intel Corporation Apparatus and method for initialization of a double-sided DIMM having at least one pair of mirrored pins
JP4865197B2 (en) 2004-06-30 2012-02-01 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
TWI238509B (en) * 2004-07-22 2005-08-21 Phoenix Prec Technology Corp Micro-electronic package structure
JP4058642B2 (en) 2004-08-23 2008-03-12 セイコーエプソン株式会社 Semiconductor device
US6943057B1 (en) * 2004-08-31 2005-09-13 Stats Chippac Ltd. Multichip module package and fabrication method
TWI260079B (en) * 2004-09-01 2006-08-11 Phoenix Prec Technology Corp Micro-electronic package structure and method for fabricating the same
US7324352B2 (en) 2004-09-03 2008-01-29 Staktek Group L.P. High capacity thin module system and method
DE102004049356B4 (en) 2004-10-08 2006-06-29 Infineon Technologies Ag Semiconductor module with an internal semiconductor chip stack and method for producing the same
US20060081983A1 (en) 2004-10-14 2006-04-20 Giles Humpston Wafer level microelectronic packaging with double isolation
US20060087013A1 (en) 2004-10-21 2006-04-27 Etron Technology, Inc. Stacked multiple integrated circuit die package assembly
TWI256092B (en) 2004-12-02 2006-06-01 Siliconware Precision Industries Co Ltd Semiconductor package and fabrication method thereof
JP2006172122A (en) 2004-12-15 2006-06-29 Toshiba Corp Card type storage device
KR100615606B1 (en) * 2005-03-15 2006-08-25 삼성전자주식회사 Memory module and signal line arrangement method of the same
KR101070913B1 (en) 2005-05-19 2011-10-06 삼성테크윈 주식회사 Stacked die package
US7414312B2 (en) * 2005-05-24 2008-08-19 Kingston Technology Corp. Memory-module board layout for use with memory chips of different data widths
US7402911B2 (en) 2005-06-28 2008-07-22 Infineon Technologies Ag Multi-chip device and method for producing a multi-chip device
US7414917B2 (en) * 2005-07-29 2008-08-19 Infineon Technologies Re-driving CAwD and rD signal lines
SG130066A1 (en) * 2005-08-26 2007-03-20 Micron Technology Inc Microelectronic device packages, stacked microelectronic device packages, and methods for manufacturing microelectronic devices
US7326591B2 (en) * 2005-08-31 2008-02-05 Micron Technology, Inc. Interconnecting substrates for microelectronic dies, methods for forming vias in such substrates, and methods for packaging microelectronic devices
KR20080049807A (en) 2005-10-03 2008-06-04 로무 가부시키가이샤 Semiconductor device
US7372169B2 (en) 2005-10-11 2008-05-13 Via Technologies, Inc. Arrangement of conductive pads on grid array package and on circuit board
JP4906047B2 (en) 2005-11-28 2012-03-28 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor device
TWI279897B (en) 2005-12-23 2007-04-21 Phoenix Prec Technology Corp Embedded semiconductor chip structure and method for fabricating the same
US20080185705A1 (en) 2005-12-23 2008-08-07 Tessera, Inc. Microelectronic packages and methods therefor
US20070187836A1 (en) 2006-02-15 2007-08-16 Texas Instruments Incorporated Package on package design a combination of laminate and tape substrate, with back-to-back die combination
KR20070088177A (en) 2006-02-24 2007-08-29 삼성테크윈 주식회사 Semiconductor package and method of manufacturing the same
US7368319B2 (en) * 2006-03-17 2008-05-06 Stats Chippac Ltd. Stacked integrated circuit package-in-package system
US20070241441A1 (en) 2006-04-17 2007-10-18 Stats Chippac Ltd. Multichip package system
US20070260841A1 (en) 2006-05-02 2007-11-08 Hampel Craig E Memory module with reduced access granularity
JP5026736B2 (en) 2006-05-15 2012-09-19 パナソニックヘルスケア株式会社 Refrigeration equipment
US7535110B2 (en) 2006-06-15 2009-05-19 Marvell World Trade Ltd. Stack die packages
JP2007013146A (en) 2006-06-26 2007-01-18 Renesas Technology Corp Semiconductor integrated circuit device
JP4362784B2 (en) 2006-07-06 2009-11-11 エルピーダメモリ株式会社 Semiconductor device
SG139573A1 (en) 2006-07-17 2008-02-29 Micron Technology Inc Microelectronic packages with leadframes, including leadframes configured for stacked die packages, and associated systems and methods
US7793043B2 (en) 2006-08-24 2010-09-07 Hewlett-Packard Development Company, L.P. Buffered memory architecture
DE102006042775B3 (en) 2006-09-12 2008-03-27 Qimonda Ag Circuit module and method for manufacturing a circuit module
JP4791924B2 (en) 2006-09-22 2011-10-12 株式会社東芝 Semiconductor memory device
US7472477B2 (en) 2006-10-12 2009-01-06 International Business Machines Corporation Method for manufacturing a socket that compensates for differing coefficients of thermal expansion
US7719121B2 (en) 2006-10-17 2010-05-18 Tessera, Inc. Microelectronic packages and methods therefor
US7870459B2 (en) 2006-10-23 2011-01-11 International Business Machines Corporation High density high reliability memory module with power gating and a fault tolerant address and command bus
US7692278B2 (en) 2006-12-20 2010-04-06 Intel Corporation Stacked-die packages with silicon vias and surface activated bonding
US7518226B2 (en) 2007-02-06 2009-04-14 Stats Chippac Ltd. Integrated circuit packaging system with interposer
KR101257912B1 (en) 2007-02-14 2013-04-24 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor memory device and method of arranging terminals of the same, and memory module comprising the device and method of arranging terminals and lines on board of the same
JP2008198841A (en) 2007-02-14 2008-08-28 Elpida Memory Inc Semiconductor device
CN101617371B (en) 2007-02-16 2014-03-26 莫塞德技术公司 Non-volatile semiconductor memory having multiple external power supplies
JP4751351B2 (en) 2007-02-20 2011-08-17 株式会社東芝 Semiconductor device and semiconductor module using the same
JP4913640B2 (en) 2007-03-19 2012-04-11 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor device
US7644216B2 (en) 2007-04-16 2010-01-05 International Business Machines Corporation System and method for providing an adapter for re-use of legacy DIMMS in a fully buffered memory environment
TW200842998A (en) 2007-04-18 2008-11-01 Siliconware Precision Industries Co Ltd Semiconductor device and manufacturing method thereof
US7696629B2 (en) 2007-04-30 2010-04-13 Chipmos Technology Inc. Chip-stacked package structure
TWI335055B (en) 2007-06-29 2010-12-21 Chipmos Technologies Inc Chip-stacked package structure
US7906853B2 (en) 2007-09-06 2011-03-15 Micron Technology, Inc. Package structure for multiple die stack
KR20090043898A (en) 2007-10-30 2009-05-07 삼성전자주식회사 Stack package and method of fabricating the same, and card and system including the stack package
US10074553B2 (en) 2007-12-03 2018-09-11 STATS ChipPAC Pte. Ltd. Wafer level package integration and method
US9460951B2 (en) 2007-12-03 2016-10-04 STATS ChipPAC Pte. Ltd. Semiconductor device and method of wafer level package integration
JP5207868B2 (en) 2008-02-08 2013-06-12 ルネサスエレクトロニクス株式会社 Semiconductor device
TWM338433U (en) 2008-02-14 2008-08-11 Orient Semiconductor Elect Ltd Multi-chip package structure
JP2009200101A (en) 2008-02-19 2009-09-03 Liquid Design Systems:Kk Semiconductor chip and semiconductor device
US8228679B2 (en) 2008-04-02 2012-07-24 Spansion Llc Connections for electronic devices on double-sided circuit board
TWI362732B (en) 2008-04-07 2012-04-21 Nanya Technology Corp Multi-chip stack package
US8008764B2 (en) 2008-04-28 2011-08-30 International Business Machines Corporation Bridges for interconnecting interposers in multi-chip integrated circuits
US7855445B2 (en) 2008-04-29 2010-12-21 Silicon Laboratories, Inc. Circuit device including rotated stacked die
US8264085B2 (en) * 2008-05-05 2012-09-11 Infineon Technologies Ag Semiconductor device package interconnections
US7838975B2 (en) 2008-05-27 2010-11-23 Mediatek Inc. Flip-chip package with fan-out WLCSP
US7745920B2 (en) 2008-06-10 2010-06-29 Micron Technology, Inc. Packaged microelectronic devices and methods for manufacturing packaged microelectronic devices
US8276269B2 (en) 2008-06-20 2012-10-02 Intel Corporation Dual epoxy dielectric and photosensitive solder mask coatings, and processes of making same
JP2010056139A (en) 2008-08-26 2010-03-11 Toshiba Corp Multilayer semiconductor device
JP5056718B2 (en) 2008-10-16 2012-10-24 株式会社デンソー Manufacturing method of electronic device
KR20100046760A (en) * 2008-10-28 2010-05-07 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor package
US7839163B2 (en) 2009-01-22 2010-11-23 International Business Machines Corporation Programmable through silicon via
TWM363079U (en) 2009-03-24 2009-08-11 Xintec Inc Semiconductor device and layout structure for array package
TWM398313U (en) 2009-03-27 2011-02-11 Molex Inc Microelectronic component support with reinforced structure
TWI401785B (en) 2009-03-27 2013-07-11 Chipmos Technologies Inc Stacked multichip package
EP2419971A4 (en) 2009-04-17 2013-03-27 Hewlett Packard Co Method and system for reducing trace length and capacitance in a large memory footprint background
KR101601847B1 (en) 2009-05-21 2016-03-09 삼성전자주식회사 semiconductor package
JP2010278318A (en) 2009-05-29 2010-12-09 Renesas Electronics Corp Semiconductor device
JP5635247B2 (en) 2009-08-20 2014-12-03 富士通株式会社 Multi-chip module
JP5593053B2 (en) 2009-10-09 2014-09-17 ピーエスフォー ルクスコ エスエイアールエル Semiconductor device
TWI390645B (en) 2009-10-22 2013-03-21 Powertech Technology Inc Back-to-back chip assembly stacked packaging method and structure
US8304286B2 (en) 2009-12-11 2012-11-06 Stats Chippac Ltd. Integrated circuit packaging system with shielded package and method of manufacture thereof
US8508954B2 (en) 2009-12-17 2013-08-13 Samsung Electronics Co., Ltd. Systems employing a stacked semiconductor package
JP2011155203A (en) 2010-01-28 2011-08-11 Elpida Memory Inc Semiconductor device
US8907457B2 (en) 2010-02-08 2014-12-09 Micron Technology, Inc. Microelectronic devices with through-substrate interconnects and associated methods of manufacturing
US8395195B2 (en) 2010-02-09 2013-03-12 Taiwan Semiconductor Manufacturing Company, Ltd. Bottom-notched SiGe FinFET formation using condensation
US8847376B2 (en) 2010-07-23 2014-09-30 Tessera, Inc. Microelectronic elements with post-assembly planarization
US8796135B2 (en) 2010-07-23 2014-08-05 Tessera, Inc. Microelectronic elements with rear contacts connected with via first or via middle structures
CN103270618B (en) 2010-08-13 2016-08-10 德莎欧洲公司 The method of encapsulating electronic device
TWI533412B (en) 2010-08-13 2016-05-11 金龍國際公司 Semiconductor device package structure and forming method of the same
US8378478B2 (en) 2010-11-24 2013-02-19 Tessera, Inc. Enhanced stacked microelectronic assemblies with central contacts and vias connected to the central contacts
KR101061531B1 (en) 2010-12-17 2011-09-01 테세라 리써치 엘엘씨 Enhanced stacked microelectronic assemblies with central contacts and improved ground or power distribution
KR101118711B1 (en) 2010-12-17 2012-03-12 테세라, 인코포레이티드 Enhanced stacked microelectric assemblies with central contacts
US9143140B2 (en) 2011-02-15 2015-09-22 Cavium, Inc. Multi-function delay locked loop
US8466544B2 (en) 2011-02-25 2013-06-18 Stats Chippac, Ltd. Semiconductor device and method of forming interposer and opposing build-up interconnect structure with connecting conductive TMV for electrical interconnect of Fo-WLCSP
US8304881B1 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-11-06 Tessera, Inc. Flip-chip, face-up and face-down wirebond combination package
US8970028B2 (en) 2011-12-29 2015-03-03 Invensas Corporation Embedded heat spreader for package with multiple microelectronic elements and face-down connection
US8338963B2 (en) 2011-04-21 2012-12-25 Tessera, Inc. Multiple die face-down stacking for two or more die
US8890304B2 (en) 2011-06-08 2014-11-18 Tessera, Inc. Fan-out microelectronic unit WLP having interconnects comprising a matrix of a high melting point, a low melting point and a polymer material
US9117811B2 (en) 2011-06-13 2015-08-25 Tessera, Inc. Flip chip assembly and process with sintering material on metal bumps
KR20130005465A (en) 2011-07-06 2013-01-16 삼성전자주식회사 Semiconductor stack package apparatus
US8421237B2 (en) 2011-07-07 2013-04-16 Cisco Technology, Inc. Stacked memory layers having multiple orientations and through-layer interconnects
US8823165B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2014-09-02 Invensas Corporation Memory module in a package
US8502390B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2013-08-06 Tessera, Inc. De-skewed multi-die packages
US8513817B2 (en) 2011-07-12 2013-08-20 Invensas Corporation Memory module in a package
US8441111B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-05-14 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
US8345441B1 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-01-01 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
US8659140B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-02-25 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization using duplicate sets of signal terminals in assemblies without wirebonds to package substrate
US8653646B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-02-18 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization using duplicate sets of terminals for wirebond assemblies without windows
US8436457B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-05-07 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
US8659143B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-02-25 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for wirebond assemblies without windows
US8525327B2 (en) 2011-10-03 2013-09-03 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for assemblies without wirebonds to package substrate
TWI515864B (en) 2011-10-03 2016-01-01 英帆薩斯公司 Stub minimization with terminal grids offset from center of package
EP2769409A1 (en) 2011-10-03 2014-08-27 Invensas Corporation Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows
KR101894823B1 (en) * 2011-10-03 2018-09-04 인벤사스 코포레이션 Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
TWM426922U (en) 2011-11-08 2012-04-11 Wistron Neweb Corp Memory card connector
US8848392B2 (en) 2012-08-27 2014-09-30 Invensas Corporation Co-support module and microelectronic assembly
US8848391B2 (en) 2012-08-27 2014-09-30 Invensas Corporation Co-support component and microelectronic assembly
US8787034B2 (en) 2012-08-27 2014-07-22 Invensas Corporation Co-support system and microelectronic assembly
US8902680B2 (en) 2013-01-23 2014-12-02 Micron Technology, Inc. Identifying stacked dice

Patent Citations (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US5148266A (en) 1990-09-24 1992-09-15 Ist Associates, Inc. Semiconductor chip assemblies having interposer and flexible lead
US5148265A (en) 1990-09-24 1992-09-15 Ist Associates, Inc. Semiconductor chip assemblies with fan-in leads
US5679977A (en) 1990-09-24 1997-10-21 Tessera, Inc. Semiconductor chip assemblies, methods of making same and components for same

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2014530508A (en) 2014-11-17
JP2014528651A (en) 2014-10-27
TWI520302B (en) 2016-02-01
TWI490989B (en) 2015-07-01
EP2764546A2 (en) 2014-08-13
JP5887416B2 (en) 2016-03-16
JP2014528650A (en) 2014-10-27
US8981547B2 (en) 2015-03-17
TWI567927B (en) 2017-01-21
TW201322413A (en) 2013-06-01
WO2013052373A1 (en) 2013-04-11
JP5887414B2 (en) 2016-03-16
EP2764544A1 (en) 2014-08-13
KR20140085495A (en) 2014-07-07
TW201322414A (en) 2013-06-01
JP2014534624A (en) 2014-12-18
US20140328016A1 (en) 2014-11-06
KR20140088133A (en) 2014-07-09
TW201330188A (en) 2013-07-16
KR101894825B1 (en) 2018-10-04
WO2013052458A1 (en) 2013-04-11
EP2764543A2 (en) 2014-08-13
WO2013052372A2 (en) 2013-04-11
WO2013052372A8 (en) 2014-05-15
EP2764548A1 (en) 2014-08-13
TW201324732A (en) 2013-06-16
WO2013052372A3 (en) 2013-10-31
TWI512935B (en) 2015-12-11
KR20140085487A (en) 2014-07-07
KR20140085488A (en) 2014-07-07
KR101894823B1 (en) 2018-09-04
JP5887415B2 (en) 2016-03-16
WO2013052466A3 (en) 2013-08-15
TW201320296A (en) 2013-05-16
US20150198971A1 (en) 2015-07-16
JP5887417B2 (en) 2016-03-16
US9423824B2 (en) 2016-08-23
TWI479639B (en) 2015-04-01
TWI520301B (en) 2016-02-01
TW201611231A (en) 2016-03-16

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US9423824B2 (en) Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
US8441111B2 (en) Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
US8254155B1 (en) Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with orthogonal windows
US9515053B2 (en) Microelectronic packaging without wirebonds to package substrate having terminals with signal assignments that mirror each other with respect to a central axis
US8345441B1 (en) Stub minimization for multi-die wirebond assemblies with parallel windows
EP2764513B1 (en) Stub minimization using duplicate sets of signal terminals in assemblies without wirebonds to package substrate
WO2015061539A1 (en) Co-support for xfd packaging

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2014534636

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

REEP Request for entry into the european phase

Ref document number: 2012780342

Country of ref document: EP

WWE Wipo information: entry into national phase

Ref document number: 2012780342

Country of ref document: EP

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20147012040

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 12780342

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2